summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/26540-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '26540-h')
-rw-r--r--26540-h/26540-h.htm7575
-rw-r--r--26540-h/images/illus-emb.jpgbin0 -> 12474 bytes
-rw-r--r--26540-h/images/illus-fpc.jpgbin0 -> 49266 bytes
3 files changed, 7575 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/26540-h/26540-h.htm b/26540-h/26540-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1ab320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26540-h/26540-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7575 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+<title>
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of Boy Scouts in the Canal Zone, by G. Harvey Ralphson.
+</title>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ p {margin-top: 0.5em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 0.5em;}
+ body {margin-left: 11%; margin-right: 10%;}
+ a {text-decoration: none;}
+ h3 {text-align:center; font-weight:normal; font-size: 1.2em;}
+ hr.full {width: 100%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; clear:both;}
+ .pncolor {color: silver;}
+ div.ce p {text-align: center; margin: auto 0;}
+ .figcenter {margin: 2em auto 2em auto; text-align: center;}
+ .caption {font-size:.8em;}
+ table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; clear: both;}
+ .pagenum {display: inline; font-size: x-small; text-align: right; position: absolute; right: 2%; padding: 1px 3px; font-style: normal; font-variant:normal; font-weight:normal; text-decoration: none; background-color: inherit; border:1px solid #eee;}
+ hr.minor {width: 35%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; clear:both;}
+ hr.major {width: 65%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; clear:both;}
+ hr.silver {width: 100%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; border:none; border-bottom:1px solid silver;}
+ h2 {text-align:center; font-weight:normal; font-size: 1.4em;}
+// -->
+/* XML end ]]>*/
+</style>
+
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Boy Scouts in the Canal Zone, by G. Harvey Ralphson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Boy Scouts in the Canal Zone
+ The Plot Against Uncle Sam
+
+Author: G. Harvey Ralphson
+
+Release Date: September 5, 2008 [EBook #26540]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOY SCOUTS IN THE CANAL ZONE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='figcenter'>
+<img src='images/illus-fpc.jpg' alt='' title='' style='width: 316px; height: 522px;' /><br />
+<p class='caption' style='margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;width: 316px;'>
+FRONTISPIECE. Boy Scouts in the Canal Zone; or The Plot Against Uncle Sam.<br />
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:2.2em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:;'>Boy Scouts</p>
+<p style=' font-size:2.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:0.5em;'>in the Canal Zone</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Or</p>
+<p style=' font-size:1.4em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:1em;'>The Plot Against Uncle Sam</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>By</p>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Scout Master, G. Harvey Ralphson</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class='figcenter'>
+<img src='images/illus-emb.jpg' alt='' title='' style='width: 139px; height: 183px;' /><br />
+</div>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Author of</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>&#8220;Boy Scouts in Mexico; or On Guard with Uncle Sam.&#8221;</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>&#8220;Boy Scouts in the Philippines; or The Key to the Treaty Box.&#8221;</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:4em;'>&#8220;Boy Scouts in the Northwest; or Fighting Forest Fires.&#8221;</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:2em;'>Embellished with full page and other illustrations.</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>M. A. Donohue &amp; Company, Chicago</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:; font-variant:small-caps;'>Copyright 1911.</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:0.5em; font-variant:small-caps;'>M. A. Donohue &amp; Company.</p>
+<p style=' font-size:0.8em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:3em;'>ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.</p>
+<p style=' font-size:; margin-top:; margin-bottom:1em;'>Made in U. S. A.</p>
+<p style=' font-size:0.8em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Electrotyped, Printed and Bound by</p>
+<p style=' font-size:0.8em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>M. A. Donohue &amp; Co.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.4em; margin-bottom:1em;'>Contents</p>
+</div>
+
+<table border='0' width='500' cellpadding='2' cellspacing='0' summary='Contents' style='margin:1em auto;'>
+<tr>
+ <td align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'><span style='font-size:small;'>CHAPTER</span></td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td align='right'><span style='font-size:small;'>PAGE</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>I.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>The Plot Against the Gatun Dam.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#I_THE_PLOT_AGAINST_THE_GATUN_DAM'>7</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>II.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Theft of the Emerald Necklace.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#II_THEFT_OF_THE_EMERALD_NECKLACE'>19</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>III.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>How the Trick was Turned.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#III_HOW_THE_TRICK_WAS_TURNED'>31</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>IV.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>The Man in the Closet.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#IV_THE_MAN_IN_THE_CLOSET'>43</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>V.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>At the Great Gatun Dam.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#V_AT_THE_GREAT_GATUN_DAM'>55</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>VI.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>A Bomb and a Ruined Temple.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#VI_A_BOMB_AND_A_RUINED_TEMPLE'>67</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>VII.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Working on Ned&#8217;s Theory.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#VII_WORKING_ON_NED_S_THEORY'>79</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>VIII.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Explosives for the Gatun Dam.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#VIII_EXPLOSIVES_FOR_THE_GATUN_DAM'>93</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>IX.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>A Fasting Stunt is Suggested.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#IX_A_FASTING_STUNT_IS_SUGGESTED'>105</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>X.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>A Delegation of Boy Scouts.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#X_A_DELEGATION_OF_BOY_SCOUTS'>116</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XI.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Jack and His Friend Gastong.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XI_JACK_AND_HIS_FRIEND_GASTONG'>127</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XII.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Lost in the Jungle at Night.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XII_LOST_IN_THE_JUNGLE_AT_NIGHT'>139</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XIII.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Boy Scouts to the Rescue.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XIII_BOY_SCOUTS_TO_THE_RESCUE'>150</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XIV.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>The Kill in the Jungle.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XIV_THE_KILL_IN_THE_JUNGLE'>161</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XV.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Signal Fires in the Jungle.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XV_SIGNAL_FIRES_IN_THE_JUNGLE'>172</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XVI.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>A Mighty Jar in the Jungle.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XVI_A_MIGHTY_JAR_IN_THE_JUNGLE'>183</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XVII.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>The Watcher in the Thicket.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XVII_THE_WATCHER_IN_THE_THICKET'>194</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XVIII.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Jimmie Releases a Prisoner.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XVIII_JIMMIE_RELEASES_A_PRISONER'>207</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XIX.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>A Guardian Needing Guarding.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XIX_A_GUARDIAN_NEEDING_GUARDING'>220</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XX.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>The Spoil of the Locks.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XX_THE_SPOIL_OF_THE_LOCKS'>233</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+ <td valign='top' align='right' style='padding-right:1em;'>XXI.</td>
+ <td valign='top' align='left'><span style='font-variant: small-caps'>The Tangle Straightened Out.</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ <td valign='bottom' align='right'><a href='#XXI_THE_TANGLE_STRAIGHTENED_OUT'>245</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_7' name='page_7'></a>7</span></div>
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.4em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Boy Scouts in the Canal Zone</p>
+<p style=' font-size:0.8em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>OR</p>
+<p style=' font-size:1.3em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:1em;'>The Plot Against Uncle Sam</p>
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 0em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='I_THE_PLOT_AGAINST_THE_GATUN_DAM' id='I_THE_PLOT_AGAINST_THE_GATUN_DAM'></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+<h3>THE PLOT AGAINST THE GATUN DAM.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Five Black Bears, two Wolves, and a Panther.
+That would be a choice collection of wild
+animals to take to the Canal Zone.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The remark was greeted with shouts of laughter,
+and then the boys in the handsome clubroom
+of the Black Bear Patrol, in the city of New York,
+settled down to a serious discussion of the topic
+of the evening. There were seven present, Ned
+Nestor and Jimmie McGraw, of the Wolf Patrol;
+George Tolford, Harry Stevens, Glen Howard,
+and Jack Bosworth, of the famous Black Bear
+Patrol; and Peter Fenton, of the Panther Patrol.
+They ranged in age from thirteen to seventeen,
+Jimmie being the youngest and Ned Nestor the
+oldest of the group.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_8' name='page_8'></a>8</span></p>
+<p>They were all enthusiastic Boy Scouts, and
+their clubrooms were well supplied with boxing
+gloves, foils, and footballs, as well as weapons
+and articles necessary on camping expeditions.
+The clubroom in which the boys were assembled
+on this gusty night in early April was situated in
+the upper part of the fine residence of Jack&#8217;s
+father, on Fifth avenue. The Black Bear
+Patrol was composed almost entirely of the sons
+of very wealthy parents, and the boys were off
+to the woods and waters whenever opportunity
+offered.</p>
+<p>In company with Lieutenant Gordon, of the
+United States Secret Service, and Frank Shaw,
+a member of the Black Bear Patrol, whose arrival
+was momentarily expected, the boys present
+had, on the previous day, returned from a series
+of unusual and exciting experiences in Mexico,
+and now they were discussing a proposed plan for
+an excursion to the Canal Zone. Of course they
+could make the trip if they desired, but what
+they wanted was to go in the company of Lieutenant
+Gordon, sent there on a secret mission by
+the Secretary of War.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Aw, come on, Ned, an&#8217; be a good feller,&#8221;
+Jimmie McGraw urged, as Nestor expressed
+a doubt as to the advisability of taking the boys
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_9' name='page_9'></a>9</span>
+on the Canal Zone trip, to which he had been
+invited by the lieutenant, both as assistant and
+companion. &#8220;Let us go! We&#8217;ll talk the lieutenant
+into letting us go along if you&#8217;ll say a good
+word for us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>During the trip to Mexico to which reference
+has been made, Ned Nestor had succeeded in
+averting serious complications between the government
+of that rebellious republic and the
+government of the United States. Through his
+efforts a threatened raid across the Rio Grande
+from the Mexican side had been checked on the
+very border, and the secret service men associated
+with him did not hesitate to declare that
+his tact and activity had done much to prevent a
+war between the two countries.</p>
+<p>Before leaving the scene of their operations
+in Mexico, Lieutenant Gordon had been ordered
+to New York on important official business.
+Only an inkling of what that official business
+was contained in his letter of instructions. Only
+the bare fact that complications in the Canal
+Zone were placing the Panama Canal in danger
+was conveyed to him. Later, after his arrival
+in New York, he had learned that the government
+suspected plots to destroy the great Gatun
+dam by the use of explosives.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_10' name='page_10'></a>10</span></p>
+<p>Only a hint of the threatened danger had
+been conveyed to the War department, but that
+was enough to set on foot the investigation of
+which Lieutenant Gordon was to be the head.
+One of the lieutenant&#8217;s first acts after receiving
+his instructions was to secure the services of Ned
+Nestor, being guided in this by the wonderful
+success of the boy&#8217;s efforts in Mexico.</p>
+<p>Thus it chanced that on this night every boy
+who had had the good fortune to share in the
+Mexican adventures was importuning Nestor
+to use his influence with the lieutenant in order
+that they might all be taken into the party.
+They had already gained the consent of their
+parents, Nestor, individually, was willing, and
+it only remained to convince Lieutenant Gordon
+that they could be of use to him and the government
+on the Canal Zone.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you don&#8217;t loosen up and take us with
+you,&#8221; Harry Stevens declared, with a grin in the
+direction of his companions, &#8220;we&#8217;ll give you a
+chase to the equator. You know how you found
+Jimmie in George&#8217;s bed? Well, if you don&#8217;t
+take us along with you, you&#8217;ll find us all in your
+bed before you get to Panama.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It seems a pity to unload such a mess of wild
+animals on the people of the Zone,&#8221; laughed
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_11' name='page_11'></a>11</span>
+Nestor, &#8220;but we&#8217;ll leave it all to Lieutenant
+Gordon. Lavish your honeyed words and smiles
+on him!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s it all about, anyway?&#8221; demanded
+Jimmie. &#8220;It&#8217;s something concerning the big
+canal, I know, for I heard you two talking of
+explosives at the Gatun dam.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We all heard that,&#8221; cried Jack Bosworth.
+&#8220;You can&#8217;t keep secrets from us. What is it all
+about? Is some one trying to blow up the big
+dam?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Nestor looked into the faces of the boys with
+serious eyes. He had not suspected that they
+knew anything definite regarding the secret
+mission, and was annoyed to think that he in part
+might be to blame for the leak which had been
+discovered.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is that what you&#8217;re going for?&#8221; asked Harry
+Stevens. &#8220;Are you going to mix with governmental
+affairs again? Because we&#8217;ve got to go
+if you are. Honest, now, we won&#8217;t say a word
+if you tell us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you all promise that?&#8221; asked Nestor.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure we do,&#8221; came in chorus.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, then,&#8221; Nestor went on, &#8220;we don&#8217;t
+know much about the matter, except that there
+are hostile influences at work down there,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_12' name='page_12'></a>12</span>
+directed against the canal. We do not know the
+proposed point of attack, but presume that the
+big dam is in the greatest danger. We do
+not even know where to look for the plotters, or
+whether they are Americans or of foreign birth.
+The motive for the contemplated destruction of
+the great waterway is not even surmised. In
+fact, for all we know, this may be a scare, but
+the thing is serious enough to call for rigid investigation,
+so down there we go.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure you can&#8217;t get along without us!&#8221;
+cried Jimmie. &#8220;If you want to know who is
+at the bottom of it all, just ask me. It&#8217;s the
+railroads. I&#8217;ve heard men say the canal would
+have been finished years ago only for the determined
+opposition of the transcontinental
+lines.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Much you know about it!&#8221; cried Harry
+Stevens. &#8220;If anybody should ask you where
+to look for the trouble, put your finger on the
+map of Japan. The little brown men are digging
+under the Gatun dam if any one is.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It does not seem possible that either the
+Japanese government or the railroad interests
+would descend to such despicable work,&#8221; Nestor
+said. &#8220;I won&#8217;t believe it of either of them until
+I have absolute proof.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_13' name='page_13'></a>13</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;It would be going some to blow up the
+Gatun dam,&#8221; Peter Fenton cut in. &#8220;Why,
+when finished, that dam will be more than a
+hundred feet high, and will cover one hundred
+and sixty-four square miles with water. Its
+purpose is to huddle the highland streams into a
+lake which will become a part of the canal. This
+lake will cover plantations, small farms, villages,
+and even the present right of way of the Panama
+railroad.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they succeed in blowing up the Gatun
+dam,&#8221; Jack said, &#8220;there will be no Canal Completion
+Exposition in San Francisco in four
+years. That would be a shame, for we were all
+going.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Think of all that land being put down in the
+bed of a lake!&#8221; Harry Stevens exclaimed. &#8220;We
+ought to have taken a tip when the canal was
+first talked about and bought up that property.
+Uncle Sam would have bought it of us at a fancy
+price. Just think of a sure-thing speculation
+like that.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Peter Fenton, known as the Encyclopedia,
+sat back in his chair and laughed until his face
+was as red as the painted snout of the black bear
+which looked down from a shield on the wall.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_14' name='page_14'></a>14</span>
+The boys shook him up until he regained the
+power of speech.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you boys had been one year old when the
+Panama Canal was first mentioned,&#8221; he managed
+to say, choking back his laughter, &#8220;you
+would now stand at the venerable age of four
+hundred and sixteen years.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I guess you get your history in the dream
+book,&#8221; Jimmie cried.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Nixy dream book,&#8221; declared Peter, with
+the dignity which comes of much knowledge.
+&#8220;The Spaniards who lived in the Province of
+New Granada, on the Isthmus of Darien, as it
+was then called, planned a ship canal across the
+neck in the year 1518, and there has been talk
+of the big ditch ever since.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then it takes a long time to get at the job,&#8221;
+suggested Jimmie. &#8220;The trench could have
+been scooped out with a teaspoon in less than
+four hundred years.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wait until you get down there! You&#8217;ll
+see what impression your teaspoon would make.
+I&#8217;ve been reading up since I&#8217;ve returned to New
+York, and know something about the size of the
+job. The canal will cost millions more than
+Congress figured on, and the job is going ahead
+without graft, at that.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_15' name='page_15'></a>15</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Still,&#8221; Harry Stevens interrupted, &#8220;it would
+have been a wise move to have annexed a lot of
+that land.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If your speculation had developed when the
+first talk of the canal was heard,&#8221; Peter went on,
+&#8220;you would have had to do business with King
+Ferdinand, of Spain. He would have put the
+soil on the bargain counter for you one day and
+shot you up the next. That wouldn&#8217;t have been
+so cheerful.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Nice party to do business with,&#8221; laughed
+Harry.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He was next to his king job, all right,&#8221;
+Peter continued. &#8220;He was there with the gunpowder
+when any subject stood to put anything
+over on him. He caused Columbus to be returned
+to Spain in chains, and permitted one of
+his officials to shoot up the first white man who
+ever looked out on the Pacific from the divide
+of the Isthmus. He carried things by a large
+majority, did Ferdinand.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was his queen who put her jewels in soak
+to buy a ship for Columbus,&#8221; commented
+Jack Bosworth. &#8220;I read about it when I was
+laid up with my broken arm. You remember
+the time the horse climbed into my motor car?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_16' name='page_16'></a>16</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;The police say you never stopped running
+until you bumped against one of the White
+Mountains,&#8221; laughed Harry. &#8220;Who was this
+white man who first climbed the divide?&#8221; he
+asked; &#8220;as I&#8217;m going down there, I want to know.
+I may set up a monument to his memory.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be too sure about going,&#8221; warned
+Glen Howard. &#8220;Lieutenant Gordon may kick
+on the whole bunch of us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then we&#8217;ll all go down in my motor boat,&#8221;
+replied Harry. &#8220;You can&#8217;t keep me out of the
+Canal Zone when there&#8217;s things doing.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The man&#8217;s name was Balboa,&#8221; said Peter,
+in answer to the question, as he smiled at this
+tardy recognition of the services of the explorer.
+&#8220;He went broke at St. Domingo, one day in the
+year 1510, and hired a fellow to head him up in a
+wine cask and put the cask on board a ship
+bound for Darien. He made the trip, all right,
+and landed broke, but in three years he was captain
+of the precinct, as they say in Manhattan,
+and on his way to the Pacific. He looked out on
+the big ocean for the first time on the 26th of
+September, 1513. Some say it was the 25th.
+I don&#8217;t know which is right.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The door of the clubroom now opened and
+Lieutenant Gordon entered. He was a man of
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_17' name='page_17'></a>17</span>
+not more than thirty, with a stern though not
+forbidding face and an alert military figure.
+His brown eyes lighted up with sudden humor as
+he dodged the clamorous boys, and dropped into
+a chair.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What about it?&#8221; asked Jimmie, who seemed
+to be a favorite with the officer. &#8220;Do we go
+with you, or do we trail along in the motor boat?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The man higher up,&#8221; began the lieutenant,
+&#8220;says you may go with me if you will try to&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>There was no necessity for the lieutenant
+going on with the sentence. He had warned the
+boys so many times as to their conduct on the
+Isthmus, if permitted to go with the secret service
+men, that they now knew in advance what
+he was going to say, and they repeated his former
+admonitions with shouts of laughter.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said the lieutenant, trying to
+look dignified, &#8220;if you won&#8217;t listen you can&#8217;t go.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Go on an&#8217; talk your chin off,&#8221; shouted
+Jimmie. &#8220;We&#8217;ll listen to every word until our
+arms drop to the floor.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Never mind that now,&#8221; laughed the officer.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m too busy at present to speak the advice
+you&#8217;ll all forget before I&#8217;m out of the room.
+Where is Frank Shaw? I came here to see him.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_18' name='page_18'></a>18</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;He was coming down to-night,&#8221; George
+Tolford replied, &#8220;but it is so late now that he
+may not be here. Anything special?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, yes,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;I want to
+know what he has been saying to his father about
+the difficulty in the Canal Zone.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, he doesn&#8217;t know anything to tell,&#8221;
+said Nestor, &#8220;not even as much as the boys here
+now know, for I have talked the situation over
+with them but not with him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What do they know regarding the situation?&#8221;
+asked the lieutenant, apprehensively.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Nothing except that the Panama canal is
+threatened by some unknown influence.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said the lieutenant, thoughtfully,
+&#8220;some one has been leaking, and it seems as if
+our first move in the game must be made right
+here in New York.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It wasn&#8217;t Frank that leaked,&#8221; Jimmie asserted,
+in defense of his friend. &#8220;He wouldn&#8217;t
+do such a thing, and he couldn&#8217;t tell what he
+didn&#8217;t know, anyway,&#8221; with which logical conclusion
+the boy turned his back to the group.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There is something wrong somewhere,&#8221;
+Lieutenant Gordon said. &#8220;Wait until I tell
+you what took place this afternoon and you will
+agree with me.&#8221;</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='II_THEFT_OF_THE_EMERALD_NECKLACE' id='II_THEFT_OF_THE_EMERALD_NECKLACE'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_19' name='page_19'></a>19</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+<h3>THEFT OF THE EMERALD NECKLACE.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Early this afternoon,&#8221; the lieutenant went
+on as the boys gathered about him, &#8220;I was interviewed
+by a reporter for the <i>Daily Planet</i>.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Frank&#8217;s father owns that newspaper,&#8221;
+Jimmie suggested.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said the officer, &#8220;and that is why I
+thought Frank might know something of the
+origin of the inquiry. The reporter was not
+slow in getting at the point he was in my rooms
+to discuss. Almost the first question he asked
+me was this: &#8216;Is it true that the government
+has ordered you to the Canal Zone to investigate
+an alleged plot to blow up the Gatun dam?&#8217;
+Coming from a reporter, as it did, the question
+knocked me all in a heap.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned Nestor leaned forward with a new interest
+showing in his face.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I should think so,&#8221; he said. &#8220;What did
+you tell him?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I tried to bluff him out at first, but soon
+learned that he knew more about the Zone situation
+than I did. He didn&#8217;t get much information
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_20' name='page_20'></a>20</span>
+from me, but I learned from him that the <i>Daily
+Planet</i> is wise to the whole situation, as the
+boys say. Now, the question is this: &#8216;Where
+did the editor secure his information?&#8217; I asked
+him in so many words, but he only laughed at
+me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The place to go for that information,&#8221;
+Nestor suggested, &#8220;is to the editor himself.
+Mr. Shaw would, of course, know all about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is exactly what I thought,&#8221; said
+the lieutenant, &#8220;so I lost no time in getting to
+the editorial rooms. Mr. Shaw was there, and
+treated me very courteously, but the only satisfaction
+I could get from him was the information
+that he knew something of what was going on,
+and was doing his best to secure enough facts
+regarding the matter for a news story.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I may be able to get more than that out of
+him,&#8221; George ventured.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I doubt it,&#8221; the lieutenant said, &#8220;for he is
+afraid some rival newspaper will get an inkling
+of the matter and beat him out on the sensation
+he is preparing. It seems that his men have
+discovered documentary evidence of some sort,
+papers which might be of great value in the hands
+of the government.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_21' name='page_21'></a>21</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t he give you a hint as to the contents
+of the papers?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No; he wouldn&#8217;t even give me an idea as
+to the parties he suspects. I think he might
+have done that, in the interest of good government.
+Well, of course his information is his
+own, but he might have trusted me not to betray
+his confidence to his rivals. I must confess that
+I don&#8217;t like his attitude in the matter.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The papers may contain nothing the government
+could use,&#8221; Ned observed, &#8220;although their
+value to the newspaper may be great.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would like to get a look at them, all the
+same,&#8221; said Gordon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wish he would call off his reporters,&#8221; Ned
+went on. &#8220;If they go about the city asking the
+questions they asked of you, the plotters will
+soon know that they are being watched, and that
+will make their capture more difficult.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is the idea,&#8221; exclaimed the lieutenant.
+&#8220;Perhaps we can get him to let the case alone
+for a few days.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is doubtful,&#8221; Ned said, &#8220;but there is
+one ray of light in the situation. If the plotters
+find out that the editor of the <i>Daily Planet</i> has
+documentary evidence against them, they may
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_22' name='page_22'></a>22</span>
+try to steal the papers, and so disclose their
+identity.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would steal them myself if I got a chance,&#8221;
+laughed Gordon. &#8220;The government needs every
+pointer it can get.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Better let the others try first,&#8221; advised
+Nestor, with a smile. &#8220;It really does begin to
+look as if the first move in this Panama game
+might be made right here in New York.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d like to know where Shaw got the pointer,&#8221;
+Gordon said, in a moment. &#8220;I thought at
+first that Frank might have let out something
+in asking permission to go to the Zone.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He doesn&#8217;t know a thing about it,&#8221; Jimmie
+put in, warm in the defense of his friend. &#8220;How
+could he drop a hint, then?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There was something said about the situation
+in Panama before we left the Sierra del
+Fierro mountains in Mexico,&#8221; said Nestor, &#8220;but
+I can&#8217;t for the life of me tell just what it was.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was nothing definite,&#8221; said Harry Stevens,
+&#8220;for I had forgotten all about it. There
+was some talk about our going to the Canal Zone,
+but nothing was decided on, and the plot against
+the government wasn&#8217;t mentioned. At least that
+is my best recollection of the talk there.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_23' name='page_23'></a>23</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;There was something more than that said,&#8221;
+the lieutenant observed, &#8220;but that is unimportant
+now. The thing to do, if we can, is to stop
+this investigation by the <i>Daily Planet</i>. The
+reporters will let the cat out of the bag and the
+interests back of the plot will either act immediately,
+before we can check them, or delay the
+matter until everything in connection with it
+is forgotten.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If the papers collected by the <i>Daily
+Planet</i> people give any inkling of the motive
+which is leading the plotters on,&#8221; Nestor said,
+&#8220;we really ought to get hold of them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I believe you are as bad as the lieutenant,
+and would steal them yourself if you got a
+chance,&#8221; grinned Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would at least try to get a look at them,&#8221;
+was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Look here, fellows!&#8221; George Tolford cried,
+excitedly, &#8220;I think I know where Mr. Shaw got
+his pointer. It is this way: Mr. Shaw is interested
+in Zone property, and owns a large block
+of stock in an emerald mine. He spent most of
+the past winter on the Isthmus, and there is
+where he unearthed the story. You take it from
+me that this is right.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_24' name='page_24'></a>24</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;That view of the case makes it all the more
+imperative that we learn the contents of the
+papers Mr. Shaw has,&#8221; said the lieutenant, rising
+and pacing the room excitedly. &#8220;If he got
+his information on the Isthmus, it is more than
+likely that it points out not only the motive but
+also the interest which is planning the outrage.
+I must send some high official to talk with Mr.
+Shaw. He is interested in an emerald mine,
+you say?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure he is,&#8221; replied George Tolford. &#8220;Frank
+told me all about it not long ago, at the time he
+showed me an emerald necklace his father gave
+him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;An emerald necklace,&#8221; repeated Jimmie.
+&#8220;What you gettin&#8217; at? Boys don&#8217;t wear necklaces.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;This emerald necklace,&#8221; George went on,
+&#8220;is as old as the hills. Frank says the stones
+were taken out of a mine in a valley in the interior
+of Colombia four hundred years ago. There
+are twenty-five stones, each weighing over six
+carats. Taken separately, the stones are worth
+a thousand each, and together their price is
+fabulous. Frank says the necklace formerly
+belonged to some secret order of natives, and that
+$100,000 has been offered for it because of the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_25' name='page_25'></a>25</span>
+perfectly matched stones, and because of its
+wonderful history. It is a peach, I can tell you
+that, and Frank will never go broke as long as he
+sticks to it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I didn&#8217;t know that there were any emeralds
+down that way,&#8221; Glen Howard said. &#8220;We
+will bring a couple of carloads back with us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Emeralds down that way!&#8221; repeated Peter
+Fenton. &#8220;Why, the best emeralds in the world
+are found in South America. The very best are
+found in veins traversing clay-slate, hornblende
+slate, and granite, in a little valley not far from
+Bogota, the capital of the United States of
+Colombia. Inferior stones are found imbedded
+in mica slate in Europe. You see I&#8217;ve been
+reading up on South America.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It looks that way,&#8221; laughed Lieutenant
+Gordon. &#8220;I must get a look at Frank&#8217;s emerald
+necklace before I leave New York.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We may find one like it in the ruins of
+Spanish Panama,&#8221; said Peter.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Guess there ain&#8217;t many ruins around Panama,&#8221;
+declared Jimmie. &#8220;Not many ruins anywhere
+Uncle Sam&#8217;s soldiers are.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Just the same,&#8221; persisted Peter, &#8220;the Panama
+built by the Spaniards in the year 1518 is
+now in ruins, unless it has been restored since
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_26' name='page_26'></a>26</span>
+the Americans took possession of the Canal
+Zone. It lies six miles to the northeast of the
+present city of that name.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wish Frank would drop in to-night,&#8221; the
+lieutenant said, after a pause. &#8220;I have an idea
+that he might suggest something of value just
+now, some way in which his father may be
+reached. We are leaving for the Zone on Thursday
+morning, so have only one more day in the
+city, consequently there is no time to lose.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys fairly shrieked their appreciation
+of the information that they were to depart for
+the Isthmus so soon, and gathered about Lieutenant
+Gordon with extended hands.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But you must understand this,&#8221; the lieutenant
+said, returning the greetings heartily,
+&#8220;you are not supposed to be in my company at
+all. I may need to talk with some of you, but if
+I do it will be in a casual manner, just as one
+tourist might address another. I am traveling
+alone, understand. I shall stop at the Tivoli, at
+Ancon, a short distance from Panama, and you
+will have a cottage in the jungle, near Gatun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And we are to ramble about wherever we
+like?&#8221; asked Harry.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wherever you like,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;only
+you must not look me up unless in case of serious
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_27' name='page_27'></a>27</span>
+trouble. I&#8217;ll communicate with you when necessary.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys all agreed to the conditions readily
+enough; they would have consented to almost
+any arrangement in order to be taken on the
+trip. After the details were disposed of, Ned
+called the lieutenant aside and asked him a most
+surprising question:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Are you really thinking of trying to steal
+those papers?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve a great mind to make the attempt,&#8221;
+was the smiling reply. &#8220;We need them in our
+business, and, besides, the government has
+plenty of men here who may as well be working
+on this case as any other.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is on the theory that the papers may
+reveal to you the nature of the plot and the
+names of the plotters?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is the idea, exactly. I have no doubt
+now that Mr. Shaw secured his pointers while
+on the Isthmus, and the papers doubtless contain
+information which it might take us months
+to procure. Yes, I think I shall set men at work
+on the case to-morrow. Besides getting the papers,
+we will rob Shaw of his sensation. A publication
+of the situation just now would be a
+calamity.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_28' name='page_28'></a>28</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I think,&#8221; Nestor said, modestly, &#8220;that I see
+a way to accomplish the ends you seek without
+resorting to larceny. Will you promise me that
+you will do nothing further in the matter of the
+documents until I have talked with you again on
+the subject?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But it is imperative that we act quickly,&#8221;
+protested the lieutenant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I understand that,&#8221; Nestor replied, &#8220;but,
+all the same, I think I see a way to gain our ends
+by keeping out of the way at present. Will you
+promise?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes! Have your own way about it. I
+can set the men at work just before we leave
+New York, and the information contained in the
+papers can be sent to me by code. Have your
+own way, my boy.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Thank you,&#8221; Nestor said, and the two
+returned to the main room. The &#8217;phone in a
+closet near the door was ringing sharply, and
+Harry Stevens entered the closet and shut the
+door. In a moment exclamations of dismay and
+surprise were heard issuing from the other side
+of the closed door, and then Harry bounced back
+into the room, his face white, his eyes shining
+with excitement.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; asked half a dozen voices.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_29' name='page_29'></a>29</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Lieutenant Gordon and Ned are wanted at
+Shaw&#8217;s house at once,&#8221; the boy said. &#8220;Go on
+the run, boys, for there is something stirring
+there. Mr. Shaw has been chloroformed, the
+servants knocked about like tenpins, and Frank&#8217;s
+emerald necklace has been stolen. We&#8217;ll wait
+here for news.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And so,&#8221; the lieutenant said, looking Nestor
+in the eyes, &#8220;you were waiting for the interests
+back of this thing to show their hand by
+trying to get the papers.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; replied Nestor, &#8220;I had an idea the
+interests would try to do a little stealing on their
+own hook.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But if they have secured the papers&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>The lieutenant hesitated, and Nestor went on:</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they have secured the papers, they know
+no more now than they did before. They are not
+out after information concerning their own plots.
+They are trying to reduce the outside supply of
+knowledge about their movements.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There was nothing said about papers being
+stolen, was there?&#8221; asked the lieutenant. &#8220;Perhaps
+the necklace really was the point of attack.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Nestor turned to George Tolford.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you know where Frank kept his necklace?&#8221;
+he asked.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_30' name='page_30'></a>30</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure I do,&#8221; was the quick reply. &#8220;He kept
+it in a hinky-dinky little safe up in his room.
+I told him he was foolish to take such a risk
+with it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did he keep the safe locked?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Locked! Not half the time. He would
+rush in there, open it up, and then run all over
+the house, leaving the door swinging.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Nestor and the lieutenant now left the room,
+after asking the boys to wait there for a short
+time. Once out on the street, the lieutenant
+remarked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;If the necklace was kept in Frank&#8217;s room,
+why did the thief take the pains to chloroform
+Mr. Shaw, who must have been in his own
+room?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Nestor shrugged his shoulders for reply.
+That was a point he had already considered.
+Again the lieutenant asked a question:</p>
+<p>&#8220;If the papers had been taken, wouldn&#8217;t that
+have been mentioned the very first thing?
+Wouldn&#8217;t Mr. Shaw think first of recovering
+them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; replied Nestor. &#8220;The
+thing for us to do now is to find out who it was
+that entered the Shaw house to-night, and what
+was taken besides the necklace.&#8221;</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='III_HOW_THE_TRICK_WAS_TURNED' id='III_HOW_THE_TRICK_WAS_TURNED'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_31' name='page_31'></a>31</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+<h3>HOW THE TRICK WAS TURNED.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Leaving the boys in the luxurious clubroom
+of the Black Bear Patrol, and promising to keep
+them posted as to the situation by &#8217;phone,
+Lieutenant Gordon and Ned Nestor hastened in
+the direction of the Shaw residence, only three
+blocks away. A surprise awaited them at the
+Shaw door.</p>
+<p>When they mounted the marble steps to the
+front portal they were astonished to see Jimmie
+McGraw standing in the shadow of a column,
+waiting for them with a grin on his face. He
+pushed the electric button for admittance as
+soon as they reached his side.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What are you doing here?&#8221; demanded the
+lieutenant, trying hard to appear angry with the
+boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, I just come over to tell Frank&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Never mind that now,&#8221; said the lieutenant,
+interrupting. &#8220;If this is the way you obey orders
+you can&#8217;t go to the Canal Zone with me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, you see,&#8221; Jimmie began, in a contrite
+tone, &#8220;I thought of something, after you left,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_32' name='page_32'></a>32</span>
+that I wanted to say to Frank, and I knew he&#8217;d
+have asked for me if he&#8217;d &#8217;a&#8217; thought of it, so I
+just run over.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What was it you wanted to say to Frank?&#8221;
+asked the lieutenant, with a smile in Ned&#8217;s
+direction. The persistence of the boy pleased
+him, to say the least.</p>
+<p>Just then the door was opened, saving Jimmie
+the exertion of manufacturing a smooth tale
+to tell the lieutenant, and the three entered the
+great hall of the fine residence, where they found
+Frank awaiting them.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I was afraid you&#8217;d both left the clubroom
+and couldn&#8217;t be found,&#8221; he cried, as he took his
+friends by the hand. &#8220;Come right up to my
+room, and I&#8217;ll show you just how the thieves
+got the emerald necklace.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we ought to see your father first,&#8221;
+Lieutenant Gordon suggested, thinking of something
+much more important, to him at least, than
+the bauble.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Father is with Doctor Benson just now,&#8221;
+was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Was he seriously injured?&#8221; asked Nestor,
+anxiously.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not a bit of it,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;They just
+sneaked up behind him and stuffed a big handkerchief
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_33' name='page_33'></a>33</span>
+soaked with chloroform into his face.
+The drug knocked him out for a short time, but
+he is all right now. He told me to show you my
+room as soon as you came, and then to take you
+to him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Who else is in the house?&#8221; asked Nestor.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No one but Doctor Benson and the servants,&#8221;
+was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then the police have not been called?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, indeed. I asked father to wait until
+you two came. I don&#8217;t take much stock in the
+cheap plain clothes men they send about on
+robbery cases. But come on up to my room, and
+I&#8217;ll show you what a sucker I am.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If I had said that,&#8221; Jimmie put in, &#8220;you&#8217;d
+&#8217;a&#8217; handed me one.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;So Jimmie is on the case too,&#8221; laughed
+Frank. &#8220;Well, son, there&#8217;s money in it for the
+man who restores my emerald necklace, which
+I&#8217;m sure to get back, in the end. Why, that
+necklace has been stolen about a thousand times,
+and has always been restored to the rightful
+owner. Once it was found in the heart of Africa,
+in the kinky hair of a native. There&#8217;s blood on
+it, too, for men have been killed trying to steal
+it, and trying to prevent its being stolen. It&#8217;s
+the most valuable necklace in the world.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_34' name='page_34'></a>34</span></p>
+<p>The boy mounted the staircase as he spoke,
+leading the others to his room, which was at the
+front of the house on the second floor, directly
+over the apartment used by his father as a
+library, or study. The suite occupied by the boy
+was elegantly furnished, the only thing which
+marred the tasty arrangement of the place being
+a steel safe which stood between the two front
+windows of the sitting room.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There,&#8221; said Frank, closing the door of the
+room behind the little party, &#8220;they got the necklace
+out of that safe.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;How did they open it?&#8221; asked the lieutenant,
+and Jimmie laughed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Frank never closed a door in his life,&#8221; the
+boy said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Was the safe open?&#8221; asked Lieutenant
+Gordon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;it was open. I had
+just been there to get some money when I heard
+a scrap going on in the corridor and rushed out,
+leaving the door open, like a sucker. The necklace
+was taken while I was gone.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Anything else taken?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not a thing. Oh, I guess the thief got a
+couple of dollars there was in the cash drawer,
+but nothing else was disturbed.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_35' name='page_35'></a>35</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;How long was he in the room?&#8221; asked the
+lieutenant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, perhaps fifteen minutes. What I mean
+is that it must have been about that length of
+time before I came back here. You see, when I
+got out into the hall, Pedro, that&#8217;s one of Dad&#8217;s
+pet servants, was scrapping with two pirate-looking
+fellows at the head of the stairs. One of
+them had him by the throat when I came up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And they both got away?&#8221; asked the
+lieutenant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, they both got away. They turned and
+ran down stairs when I came up and bolted out of
+the front door, just as if some one stood there
+holding it open for them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Was the night-lock on?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Certainly; it always is at night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Couldn&#8217;t anybody open it from the inside,
+whether familiar with the house or not?&#8221; asked
+Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No; for the night-bolt is controlled by an
+electric button, which you have to push before
+it can be moved from the inside, so no one not
+familiar with the house could have opened it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Nestor glanced at the lieutenant with a question
+in his eyes, and the officer nodded. There
+was little doubt in the mind of either that the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_36' name='page_36'></a>36</span>
+crime had been planned by some one thoroughly
+conversant with the premises. It was at least
+certain that exit had been made easy for the
+thieves.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You spent this fifteen minutes, after the
+flight of the thieves by way of the front door, in
+your father&#8217;s room, I take it?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; when the thieves ducked out of the
+front door I found a maid fainting in the corridor
+running along back of the parlor to Dad&#8217;s room,
+the place where he does his work while in the
+house. She flopped over when I spoke to her
+and pointed to Dad&#8217;s room. There I found him
+lying on the couch, drugged with chloroform.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They placed him on the couch, did they?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no, sir, the thieves didn&#8217;t take that
+trouble. Pedro was there before I entered the
+room, and it was he that did that. He had
+&#8217;phoned for the doctor, too, before I got into the
+room.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He was chasing the thieves?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, yes. He was just ahead of me at
+the front door.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then how did he get back and do so much
+before you reached the study?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I opened the front door and looked out for
+a couple of minutes,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;I was
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_37' name='page_37'></a>37</span>
+rattled, of course, and don&#8217;t know how long I
+stood there, but I remember seeing two men
+running down the street. If I had known then
+that they had my emerald necklace, I&#8217;d have
+chased them and roared until the police came up
+and stopped them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then you came right in?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; right to the corridor where I found
+the maid lying on the floor.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And you remained with your father until
+the doctor came, and then went back to your
+room? It was then that you discovered the loss
+of the emerald necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I missed it when I came back.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You saw only two intruders?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There were only two.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And these two ran down the staircase just
+ahead of you?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; they went down in about one leap.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now, was the necklace in the safe when you
+went to it?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am certain that it was.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You saw it there?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I saw the case in which it was enclosed.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And the case was gone when you returned?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; oh, the necklace was taken from the
+safe during my absence, all right.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_38' name='page_38'></a>38</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Yet the two men were ahead of you, and
+went out of the street door before you reached
+the lower landing?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank&#8217;s face showed that the idea presented
+by Nestor was new to him. He had never considered
+that feature of the case. In fact, he
+had been so excited that he had not thought
+logically of the circumstances surrounding the
+theft.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; he said, &#8220;I reckon I need a hired
+man to do my thinking for me. Why didn&#8217;t
+that idea get into my thick head before?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Are you still certain that the necklace was
+in the safe when you left the room?&#8221; asked Ned,
+with a smile.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; I am dead sure of that. Why,&#8221;
+he added, &#8220;there must have been a man that I
+did not see. Wonder why he didn&#8217;t give me a
+clip on the head.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Someone will come here an&#8217; steal you, some
+day,&#8221; grinned Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t doubt it,&#8221; replied Frank. &#8220;Now,
+where do you think the other man was?&#8221; he
+asked, turning to Ned.</p>
+<p>Ned arose and went into the sleeping room,
+from which opened a bathroom and a large
+closet. There was a door opening into the sleeping
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_39' name='page_39'></a>39</span>
+room from the corridor, the apartment being
+of the same length, east and west, as the sitting
+room. The closet opened from the sleeping
+room, and also from the bathroom.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What do you find here?&#8221; asked Frank,
+following him into the closet and through into
+the bathroom.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The third man might have been hiding in
+here,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;When were you in this
+bathroom last?&#8221; he added, looking carefully
+about the place.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not since early in the afternoon.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The suite was unoccupied all the afternoon?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; I am rarely here in the afternoon.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What time did you come up here after
+dinner?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was probably eight o&#8217;clock, for Dad was
+telling a rather interesting story at table, and we
+sat a long time. Mother is away on a visit to
+the Pacific coast.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And your father went to his room then?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; he said he had some work to do.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;His room, also, was unoccupied all the afternoon?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; it must have been.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_40' name='page_40'></a>40</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Who is usually about the lower part of the
+house during the afternoon?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No one when mother is away.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you know whether anything was taken
+from your father&#8217;s room?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, I haven&#8217;t heard that feature of the
+case discussed. We can soon find out by asking
+him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee!&#8221; cried Jimmie. &#8220;What would they
+want to go an&#8217; dope him for if there wasn&#8217;t something
+in his room they wanted?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is a very pertinent question,&#8221; Lieutenant
+Gordon remarked. &#8220;It certainly seems
+that the thieves came here for something besides
+the emerald necklace.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Meaning the papers?&#8221; asked Ned, with a
+laugh.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Meaning the papers, of course,&#8221; was the
+reply. &#8220;I am still of the opinion that the theft
+of the necklace was only incidental.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It begins to look that way to me,&#8221; observed
+Frank. &#8220;As Jimmie says, what would they
+attack father for unless they wanted to search
+his room?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You know about the papers?&#8221; asked the
+lieutenant.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_41' name='page_41'></a>41</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, indeed. They constituted the subject
+of the interesting story Dad was telling me
+at table to-night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did he tell you what they contained?&#8221;
+asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He did not. He told me only what they
+dealt with.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He believes there is a plot against the completion
+of the Panama canal?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes; he is quite certain of it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did he mention the parties he suspected?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He refused to do so. I can&#8217;t understand
+why he should refuse. Can you?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think I can appreciate his position,&#8221;
+replied Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Great Scott!&#8221; cried Frank. &#8220;Do you think
+the agents of the men we are to grapple with in
+the Canal Zone have been in this house to-night?
+If so, it looks like they were looking us
+up, instead of our being after them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where is this man Pedro?&#8221; asked Ned, not
+answering the question.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He was in the study when I left, a few
+moments ago.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then we will go down there. I want to ask
+him a few questions.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_42' name='page_42'></a>42</span></p>
+<p>At the foot of the staircase, they heard the
+telephone ringing, and Frank went into the
+closet. When he came out again he seemed
+excited and unnerved.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I guess there&#8217;s something more than the
+necklace at stake to-night,&#8221; he said, &#8220;for Dad&#8217;s
+rooms in the newspaper building have been ransacked.
+I guess we won&#8217;t have to go down to
+Gatun to lock horns with the men who are in
+this plot against Uncle Sam. If the Gatun dam
+was in New York, they might have blown it up
+to-night, for all that has been done to thwart
+them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, we&#8217;ve just got to work on the case,&#8221;
+grinned Jimmie.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='IV_THE_MAN_IN_THE_CLOSET' id='IV_THE_MAN_IN_THE_CLOSET'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_43' name='page_43'></a>43</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+<h3>THE MAN IN THE CLOSET.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you take my advice,&#8221; Ned said to Frank,
+as they reached the study door, &#8220;you won&#8217;t say
+anything to your father about the trouble at the
+office until we have talked with him concerning
+the raid on the house. He might rush off to the
+newspaper building immediately, without answering
+our questions about the visit to his
+room.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is just what he would do,&#8221; Frank
+replied.</p>
+<p>When the boys entered the study, closely
+followed by Lieutenant Gordon and Jimmie,
+they found three men in the room. One was
+Mr. Shaw, lying on a couch at the front of the
+apartment. One was Dr. Benson, who sat in
+an easy chair at his side. The third was Pedro,
+the servant mentioned by Frank as one of his
+father&#8217;s favored attendants. He stood by the
+couch as the boys stepped into the room, his
+bold black eyes studying their faces impertinently
+as they entered.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_44' name='page_44'></a>44</span></p>
+<p>The man was not far from forty, tall, slender,
+dusky of face&mdash;plainly in intellectual capacity
+and breeding far above the menial position he
+occupied in the house. Standing in repose, his
+figure was erect and well balanced, like that of a
+man trained to military service.</p>
+<p>But even as he stood subserviently by the
+couch of his employer, his slender hands at his
+sides, there seemed to be something of the alertness
+of a wild beast in his physical attitude of
+suppression. Somehow, he gave Ned the impression
+of one about to spring forth upon an
+enemy.</p>
+<p>After the presentations were made, it was
+with the greatest difficulty that Lieutenant
+Gordon restrained himself from at once taking
+up the topic he had discussed with Mr. Shaw so
+unsatisfactorily that afternoon&mdash;the subject of
+the plot against the Gatun dam. What did the
+editor know? What did he suspect concerning
+the raid on his home? Did he believe that the
+plotters had opened their defense right there
+in the city of New York?</p>
+<p>However, he curbed his hasty impulse, knowing
+that the information he sought was not to be
+obtained in that way. Mr. Shaw was looking
+upon the matter entirely from the standpoint
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_45' name='page_45'></a>45</span>
+of an enterprising journalist, and would be cautious
+about giving out his own discoveries and
+impressions.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Are you still suffering from the effects of
+the chloroform?&#8221; asked the lieutenant, anxiously.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m still a little weak,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;and
+still a little tippy at the stomach, but Benson
+tells me that I shall be well again in an hour.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You were of course attacked without warning,&#8221;
+the lieutenant continued, half hoping that
+the editor would enter into a full and frank discussion
+of the event.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Entirely so,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;I was sitting
+at my desk when the door was opened and some
+one entered. I thought it was Pedro, for I
+had just rung for him, and did not look around.
+Then I was seized from behind and a handkerchief
+soaked with chloroform thrust into my
+face.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You did not see your assailant?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now for the cross-examination,&#8221; laughed
+the editor. &#8220;I have heard something of Mr.
+Nestor&#8217;s work in the secret service,&#8221; he added,
+&#8220;and shall be glad to answer any of his questions.
+Go ahead, my boy. No, to answer your
+first question, I did not see my assailant, and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_46' name='page_46'></a>46</span>
+do not know whether there were two or only
+one.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did you notice the time?&#8221; asked Ned,
+modestly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, it was nine o&#8217;clock. The next I knew,
+Pedro was lifting me onto the couch, and a maid
+was lifting her voice to high heaven out in the
+corridor. That, I have since learned, was at
+ten o&#8217;clock, so, you see, the ruffians had an hour
+to work in.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They must have mussed the room up quite
+a lot in that time,&#8221; said the lieutenant, hoping to
+bring the editor to the point in which he was
+interested.</p>
+<p>Mr. Shaw made no reply, but turned to Ned
+with a smile.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead, Ned,&#8221; Frank cried. &#8220;We all
+want to know what ideas are brooding in that
+clever brain of yours.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would like to ask,&#8221; Ned began, modestly,
+&#8220;if you can assign a reason for the attack upon
+you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, they came into the house after the
+emerald necklace,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;They
+looked here for it first. That is all.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But it appears that they knew the necklace
+to be in Frank&#8217;s safe,&#8221; urged Ned. &#8220;At least
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_47' name='page_47'></a>47</span>
+it did not take them long to find it there after
+the safe was unlocked and he was brought from
+his room.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, well, they probably looked here first,&#8221;
+insisted the editor. &#8220;The manner in which they
+rummaged the place while I was unconscious
+shows that they searched for it here. The necklace
+was the thing sought, of course.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did they take anything from the room?&#8221;
+asked Ned, and Lieutenant Gordon leaned forward,
+anxiously awaiting the answer.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not a thing,&#8221; was the quiet reply. &#8220;At
+least, I have missed nothing.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps the thing they sought was not
+found,&#8221; suggested Gordon, no longer able to
+keep the plot subject out of the conversation.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I know what you mean, Lieutenant,&#8221; the
+other replied, &#8220;and I may as well tell you now
+that the papers to which you refer are not in the
+house&mdash;were not here and never have been here.
+They are perfectly safe, and we will drop them
+from the case, if you please.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am naturally anxious about them,&#8221; said
+Gordon, &#8220;in the interest of the government, of
+course, for I believe they hold the key to a mystery
+I am asked to solve.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_48' name='page_48'></a>48</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You may be mistaken as to the contents of
+the papers,&#8221; laughed Mr. Shaw. &#8220;Well,&#8221; he
+added, &#8220;we will eliminate them from the matter
+in hand. What next, Mr. Nestor? I have great
+hope of your success in unraveling this mystery
+of the necklace.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;With your permission,&#8221; Ned replied, &#8220;and
+in your presence, I would like to ask your man a
+few questions.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Pedro turned a pair of venomous eyes toward
+the speaker for just an instant. Then he stood
+respectfully looking at his master again. Ned
+saw the movement, the quick hostility of the
+glance, and felt surer of his ground than before.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He will, I am sure, be happy to answer any
+questions you may ask,&#8221; said Mr. Shaw.</p>
+<p>Pedro nodded, half defiantly, as though he
+felt humiliated by being placed at the service,
+even a verbal one, of a boy, and Ned asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;When you saw the men at the head of the
+staircase, what did you say to them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The answer came in perfect English, yet
+there was a something in the voice which told as
+plainly as words could have done that English
+was not the native tongue of the speaker.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I ordered them from the house,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And then they attacked you?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_49' name='page_49'></a>49</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;The mark of a hand is on my throat, sir.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;How many men were there?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Two, sir, and they both piled on top of me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There was no one else in the corridor?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No one.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They were armed, I presume?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I saw no weapons in their hands.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They might have killed you?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Only for the arrival of Master Shaw they
+might have done so.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Can you describe these men?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t think I can, sir. I was too busy to
+notice their faces or their clothes during the short
+time I was with them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Can you say whether one of them was tall
+and slender, with very black hair, turning gray
+in places?&#8221; asked Ned, fixing his eyes on those
+of the servant.</p>
+<p>Pedro looked back at his questioner for an
+instant, and then his gaze fell to the floor.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t say,&#8221; he replied, slowly, while the
+others, amazed at the character of the question,
+turned to Ned for explanation.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If the description I have given is recognized
+by you as that of one of the men you met
+in the corridor,&#8221; Ned went on, &#8220;can you tell me
+whether his clothing was wet or dry?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_50' name='page_50'></a>50</span></p>
+<p>There was dead silence in the room. There
+had been nothing thus far in the case leading up
+to this description, and those present looked at
+Ned with wonder in their faces. To say the
+least, the questions seemed irrelevant.</p>
+<p>Pedro stood for a moment touching his dry
+lips with the tip of his tongue, his fingers clasping
+and unclasping, then his shoulders straightened
+into firmer lines and he faced his questioner
+with a smile of complacency.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know what you mean,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps I should have said damp clothing,&#8221;
+Ned replied. &#8220;The man I have in mind&mdash;the
+man who might have been one of your assailants&mdash;entered
+the house just after the rainstorm,
+which came on close after six o&#8217;clock. His
+clothing was soaking wet when he came in, but
+would not remain so for four hours.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Pedro grasped the back of a chair which
+stood near him and looked out of the window to
+the lighted street in front of the house. While
+he stood silent Mr. Shaw arose to a sitting position
+on the couch and asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why the description, Mr. Nestor? Why the
+positive statement about the time at least one of
+the men entered the house?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_51' name='page_51'></a>51</span></p>
+<p>Every eye in the room was now fixed on
+Nestor&#8217;s face. Even Lieutenant Gordon seemed
+inclined to think that some huge joke was being
+pulled off.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The man who came in at six,&#8221; Ned replied,
+&#8220;came in out of the rain, and left marks showing
+the height and breadth of his shoulders on a
+wall against which he leaned. These marks
+show a man tall and slender. He entered the
+house dripping with water, moving about like a
+street sprinkler and leaving signs of his presence
+in the places he visited. He seems to be a person
+of rather refined tastes, inclined to be neat
+in personal appearance, for he went to Frank&#8217;s
+bathroom to clean up. There he used the washbowl
+and the toilet articles, leaving black hair
+turning gray in the comb.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is uncanny,&#8221; shouted Frank. &#8220;You
+couldn&#8217;t have observed all this during the minute
+you were in the bathroom,&#8221; he added.</p>
+<p>Mr. Shaw considered the question gravely,
+his eyes fixed on those of the boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He sprinkled the closet floor, did he?&#8221;
+he asked, presently.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir; and stood back against the closet
+wall, and used Frank&#8217;s comb and brush.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did he come to this room, also?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_52' name='page_52'></a>52</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir; the little round spots on the delicate
+covering of this little table were made by
+dripping water. You see, sir, he was in here
+before the water dripped off his clothes in the
+closet, probably soon after he entered the house.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But how did he get into the house? How
+did he get into this locked room?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I should say that he was assisted by some
+one belonging in the house,&#8221; was the quiet reply.
+&#8220;After he left this room he mounted the staircase
+and hid in Frank&#8217;s closet, evidently waiting
+for you to return home, or for Frank to come.
+Perhaps he hoped that one of you might bring
+home the thing, or the things, he had been unable
+to find in your rooms.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The papers concerning the Gatun plot, for
+instance,&#8221; said the lieutenant.</p>
+<p>The editor glanced at the officer with a slight
+frown on his brow, but made no reply to the
+remark. It was plain that he was unwilling to
+take up that phase of the case.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is a wonder the fellow didn&#8217;t jimmy
+Frank&#8217;s safe and get the emerald necklace, without
+waiting so long for the safe to be opened,&#8221;
+he said, in a moment.</p>
+<p>Thus insisting on his previously expressed
+opinion that the sole purpose of the thieves had
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_53' name='page_53'></a>53</span>
+been to secure the emerald necklace, further
+disclaiming any belief that the alleged plot
+against the government had figured in the matter
+at all, the editor smiled provokingly at the
+officer.</p>
+<p>Nestor looked from the lieutenant to the
+newspaper owner and smiled quietly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wish I knew,&#8221; he said, &#8220;whether the papers
+we hear so much about really reveal the
+details of an alleged plot against the government.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Mr. Shaw did not reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they do not,&#8221; continued the boy, &#8220;do
+they connect some man, or some group of men,
+with a plot which may be forming?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The editor glanced approvingly at Ned, as if
+rather pleased with his cleverness, but did not
+speak.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have known newspaper men,&#8221; Ned went
+on, &#8220;to make mistakes in such matters. However,
+I have no doubt that you have good reasons
+for the course you are taking,&#8221; he continued,
+&#8220;and therefore I have no fault to find
+with you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re a fine fellow, Mr. Nestor,&#8221; the editor
+exclaimed. &#8220;Some day, when you see the
+matter in the right light, I&#8217;ll tell you all about it.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_54' name='page_54'></a>54</span>
+I can&#8217;t do so now, for no end of trouble might
+come from it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Very well,&#8221; replied Ned. &#8220;There is one
+more question I want to ask you. Will you
+answer it?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If I can consistently do so, yes.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If the men who searched this house to-night
+were after the necklace, and that alone,
+why should they extend their operations to
+your offices in the newspaper building?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did they do that?&#8221; asked the editor calmly.
+&#8220;Then I shall have to go down there and look
+things over. Will you kindly accompany me?&#8221;</p>
+<p>But the search at the offices was barren of
+clues.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='V_AT_THE_GREAT_GATUN_DAM' id='V_AT_THE_GREAT_GATUN_DAM'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_55' name='page_55'></a>55</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+<h3>AT THE GREAT GATUN DAM.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Over there is the oldest country on this side
+of the world,&#8221; said Peter Fenton, pointing over
+the rail of the vessel and across the smooth
+waters of the Caribbean sea. &#8220;We are now on
+the famous Spanish Main,&#8221; he continued, &#8220;where
+adventurers from the Windward Islands laid in
+wait for the galleons of Spain. Just ahead,
+rising out of the sea, is the Isthmus of Panama.
+Down there to the left is the continent of South
+America, where there were cathedrals and palaces
+when Manhattan Island was still populated
+by native Indians.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The minds of the Boy Scouts were filled with
+splendid dreams as they followed with their eyes
+the directions indicated by the pointing hand.
+It was all a fairyland to them. Peter talked for
+some time on the causes which had brought the
+scum of the seven seas to the Isthmus, and then
+Ned Nestor interrupted the talk by inviting
+them all to the stateroom he occupied in common
+with Frank Shaw.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_56' name='page_56'></a>56</span></p>
+<p>When all were seated on chairs and bunks
+Ned opened the door and looked out on the
+passage which ran along in front of the apartment.
+When he turned back into the room
+there was a humorous twinkle in his eyes.</p>
+<p>&#8220;His Nobbs is in sight,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The same party?&#8221; asked Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The same dusky gentleman who has followed
+us since the night of the theft of the
+emerald necklace,&#8221; Ned replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He ought to receive a Carnegie medal for
+always being on the spot,&#8221; Frank said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We ought to turn the hose on him,&#8221; Jimmie
+corrected.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We should feel lost without him,&#8221; laughed
+George Tolford. &#8220;When I first saw him in the
+newspaper building, while you were investigating
+the chaos of papers in Mr. Shaw&#8217;s rooms,&#8221;
+he went on, &#8220;I had a hunch that we shouldn&#8217;t
+be able to lose him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, we haven&#8217;t been able to lose him,&#8221;
+Peter Fenton said. &#8220;He reminds me, the way
+he floats about, of the ghost of some pirate who
+sailed about the Spanish Main four hundred
+years ago in a long, low, rakish craft adorned
+with a black flag.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_57' name='page_57'></a>57</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I saw him in the newspaper building that
+night,&#8221; Jimmie said, &#8220;an&#8217; he looked glad because
+we got no clues there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t Ned have him arrested in New
+York?&#8221; asked Jack Bosworth.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What for?&#8221; demanded Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;For making a nuisance of himself. Then he
+couldn&#8217;t have followed us on board the ship.
+Also, he might have been able to get a little
+sleep nights.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I reckon we have kept him going,&#8221; Frank
+observed, with a laugh.</p>
+<p>Ever since the night of the robbery the man
+called &#8220;His Nobbs&#8221; for want of a better name
+had kept Ned Nestor in sight most of the time.
+He had followed him home after the profitless
+visit to the newspaper office on the night of the
+theft, had chased about after him while the details
+of the trip to Panama were arranged the
+next day, and had turned up on the ship after
+she was under way.</p>
+<p>The fellow did not seem to be overly anxious
+to keep his watchfulness a secret. He acted
+like any first cabin passenger on the ship. But,
+somehow, he managed to keep Ned in view most
+of the time. Now and then he was caught
+watching the door of Ned&#8217;s stateroom. He
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_58' name='page_58'></a>58</span>
+never spoke to the boy, and never even looked at
+him when the two passed one another.</p>
+<p>Taking advantage of this preference for
+Ned&#8217;s company, the boys had put up all sorts
+of jobs on the fellow, and some of their pranks
+had kept him watching Ned&#8217;s odd moves all
+night. It was a new and strange experience to
+Ned, this being spied upon so openly, and he was
+at a loss to account for the mental processes
+which inspired the strange surveillance.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said Ned presently, &#8220;let him watch
+outside if he wants to. We came in here to talk
+about something else. I have just been talking
+with Lieutenant Gordon, and he says we are
+to go into camp in the jungle not far from the
+Gatun dam. He will stop at the Tivoli, at
+Ancon, adjoining Panama. When we have
+anything to communicate to him, one of us can
+go down to Panama after supplies and leave word
+at an office where one of the lieutenant&#8217;s associates
+in the case will always be in waiting. We
+are not to know the lieutenant if we meet him
+in our soup.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll be eaten alive out there in the jungle,&#8221;
+protested Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Besides, it would be more natural for us to
+go to Gatun for our supplies,&#8221; Peter Fenton said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_59' name='page_59'></a>59</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;There are reasons why he wants us to remain
+in the jungle near Gatun for a time,&#8221; Ned
+replied, and the boys separated, Jimmie strolling
+off in the wake of &#8220;His Nobbs,&#8221; &#8220;just to see if he
+couldn&#8217;t make him cough up something,&#8221; as
+he expressed it.</p>
+<p>The mystery of the theft of the emerald necklace
+was still unsolved, the man whose picture
+Ned carried in his brain had not been found,
+Pedro had been among the missing ever since
+he had walked out of the Shaw residence on the
+morning after the robbery. When the boys
+landed at Colon the next morning the case upon
+which they were engaged was still new ground
+before them.</p>
+<p>Frank Shaw continued to take the loss of
+his emeralds very seriously, and at no time during
+the trip to Colon had he failed to keep an
+eye out for Pedro, whom he suspected of having
+admitted the thief to the house.</p>
+<p>&#8220;His name isn&#8217;t Pedro at all,&#8221; he said, as the
+train sped out of the network of tracks behind
+Colon, &#8220;but Pedrarias. That was the name of
+the robber who succeeded Balboa as governor
+of New Granada, the pirate who stood Balboa
+up against a wall and shot him. Pedro, as I
+call him for short, declares that he is a direct
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_60' name='page_60'></a>60</span>
+descendant of that old stiff. He says the Spanish
+blood in his veins is pure. Great Scott! if I
+had such a pirate for an ancestor, I&#8217;d keep
+mighty still about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Peter Fenton was in his element now. As
+the train moved away from Colon he pointed out
+various points of interest, and supplied such
+information about them as he had gleaned from
+the maps and books he had consulted. The
+ruins of the old French workings were soon in
+sight, the locality where millions had been
+squandered in graft. And there was Mount
+Hope Cemetery, where thousands who had perished
+from fever had been buried.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The doctors have cleaned out the fever
+now,&#8221; he said, &#8220;by cleaning out the mosquitoes&mdash;the
+poison kind with the long name,&#8221; he added.
+&#8220;The Canal Zone is about as healthy now as the
+city of New York.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Then came thickets where the trees were
+tied together with vines and creepers, all in
+gorgeous bloom. The great trees lifting their
+heads out of the jungle reminded the boys of the
+electric towers of New York, the twists of vines
+resembling the mighty cables which convey light,
+heat and power to the inhabitants of Manhattan.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_61' name='page_61'></a>61</span></p>
+<p>As if in rivalry of the wealth of blossoms,
+bright-plumaged birds darted about like butterflies
+of unnatural growth. Now and then
+they saw evil looking lizards, some of them a
+yard in length, scuttling off through the marshes
+or looking down from high limbs. There was a
+swampy atmosphere over all the landscape.</p>
+<p>Then, as the Boy Scouts looked, thinking of
+the glory of a camp in the thicket&mdash;of a retired
+nook on some dry knoll&mdash;the jungle disappeared
+as if by magic, and the train was winding up
+grassy hills. Beyond, higher up, the scattered
+houses of a city of fair size came into view.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s Gatun,&#8221; cried Fenton. &#8220;I&#8217;ve read
+half a dozen descriptions of it lately. Great
+town, that.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The houses look like boxes from here,&#8221;
+Jimmie observed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course,&#8221; Peter replied, &#8220;they are all
+two-story houses, square, with double balconies
+all screened in. Might be Philadelphia, eh?&#8221;</p>
+<p>There were smooth roads in front of the
+houses, and there were yards where flowers were
+growing, and where neatly dressed children were
+playing. Jimmie turned from the homelike
+scene to Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_62' name='page_62'></a>62</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I thought there would be something new
+down here,&#8221; he complained. &#8220;This is just like a
+town up the Hudson.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Jimmie expected to find people living in
+tents made out of animal skins,&#8221; laughed
+George. &#8220;He thinks the natives eat folks alive.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You wait until you get out of the country,&#8221;
+Frank said, &#8220;before you talk of cottages up the
+Hudson. There will be something stirring before
+we get off the Isthmus.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I hope so,&#8221; Jimmie replied. &#8220;There surely
+will be if we camp back there in the jungle,
+among the snakes and lizards.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why not camp on the hills back there?&#8221;
+asked Jack.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We may soon camp anywhere we like,&#8221;
+said Ned. &#8220;The Zone government understands
+that we are a lot of kids out after specimens.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Specimens of what?&#8221; asked Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Tall, slender men with black hair turning
+gray,&#8221; replied Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Quit your kiddin&#8217;,&#8221; grinned Jimmie.</p>
+<p>The boys left the train at a modern depot,
+passed through the train-shed, crossed a level
+sward, and looked down into a mighty chasm.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Great Scott!&#8221; cried Frank. &#8220;Is that the
+bottom of the world?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_63' name='page_63'></a>63</span></p>
+<p>He pointed below as he spoke.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There seems to be a thin crust of rock between
+the bottom and the other side of the
+world,&#8221; laughed George. &#8220;See! There are
+tunnels and pits down there. The men are still
+digging. Look like ants, don&#8217;t they?&#8221;</p>
+<p>It was a wonderful sight, and the Boy Scouts
+gazed long at the scene of activity before turning
+away toward the Gatun dam itself. This, Peter
+Fenton explained, was one of the big cuts of the
+canal, and ran from the marshy valley above
+down through the rocky ridge which held the
+rains in check and made a swamp of the upland.</p>
+<p>Along the margins of the excavation ran
+shining steel rails upon which were mounted
+tapering structures of steel, from which cables
+crossed the gorge, carrying great buckets of
+concrete for the work below. Heavy walls were
+growing out of the depths.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The ships will come up out of the sea
+through this cut,&#8221; Peter explained.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then they&#8217;ll climb the hill,&#8221; scorned Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;They will stop down there,&#8221; said Peter,
+&#8220;and the lock gates will be closed, and the water
+will lift them to the level of the lake.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_64' name='page_64'></a>64</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see no lake,&#8221; observed the skeptical
+Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The lake will lie where the low land is, over
+there,&#8221; replied Peter, pointing. &#8220;The Gatun
+dam will block the water and make a lake 85
+feet above sea level, covering one hundred and
+sixty-four square miles of earth.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;So the most of the canal will be lake?&#8221;
+asked the boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Quite a lot of it,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And if any one should blow up the dam,
+after it gets on its job, the ships would have to
+climb a ladder if they got over to Panama,&#8221; he
+exclaimed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Something like that,&#8221; Peter said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where is the Gatun dam?&#8221; asked Jack.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is going up over there,&#8221; Peter replied,
+pointing out a low, broad ridge which appeared
+to link two hills together. &#8220;That is what will
+make the inland sea, and that is the lump of earth
+we came here to look after.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is a busy place night and day,&#8221; Ned said.
+&#8220;See the electric towers and wires? Work never
+stops.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Something like His Nobbs,&#8221; grinned Jimmie.
+&#8220;I wonder if he has had any sleep since
+he struck our trail?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_65' name='page_65'></a>65</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I haven&#8217;t seen him since we left the train,&#8221;
+Jack said. &#8220;Perhaps he has delivered us over to
+the Panama division of the Anti-Canal Benevolent
+Society. In that case, we shall see no more
+of him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>After a time the boys strolled over to a neat
+little hotel on the principal street of the town,
+and there saw Lieutenant Gordon, who strolled
+up to Ned, just as any two Americans meeting
+there might have affiliated.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Your camp in the jungle is ready for you,&#8221;
+the officer said, as the two walked about the
+lobby of the hotel. &#8220;You will find a movable
+cottage there, all furnished, and a good cook.
+Until further orders you are all to remain there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Pretty quick work,&#8221; said Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The orders for the cottage camp were sent
+over by wire before we left New York,&#8221; the lieutenant
+replied. &#8220;You are at liberty to roam
+about the works at will, only you ought to leave
+some one at the cottage always.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;As I understand it, we are boys looking for
+adventure?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Exactly.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And an emerald necklace,&#8221; added the boy
+with a laugh.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_66' name='page_66'></a>66</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I have a notion that if you find Pedro you
+will find the necklace, unless you find him too
+late&mdash;after he has disposed of it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That may be,&#8221; Ned replied, doubtingly,
+&#8220;but we are not likely to run across Pedro over
+here. Neither shall we see His Nobbs. They
+have played their roles, and we shall have new
+ones to contend with now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>That night the boys took possession of the
+cottage in the jungle, dancing and prancing
+about it like wild Indians. It all seemed to
+them to be too good to be true. Here they were,
+at last, on the Canal Zone, and, in a way, in the
+secret service of the government. It was late
+when they retired, and no guard was set.</p>
+<p>This Ned regretted, after the others were
+asleep, and so lay awake a long time, watching.
+Then, about midnight, he saw some one looking
+in at the porch door.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='VI_A_BOMB_AND_A_RUINED_TEMPLE' id='VI_A_BOMB_AND_A_RUINED_TEMPLE'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_67' name='page_67'></a>67</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+<h3>A BOMB AND A RUINED TEMPLE.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Ned lay perfectly still and the door was
+closed again, with the figure still on the outside.
+There were no lights inside the cottage, and it
+was a fairly clear night, so the boy could see the
+man standing on the porch, the wire screen in the
+door robbing his figure of sharp outline.</p>
+<p>The intruder appeared to be listening for
+some sound within. Now and then he bent his
+head forward toward the door, and once, when
+Jimmie snorted out in his sleep, he darted a
+hand toward his hip, as if reaching for a weapon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;His Nobbs, or his substitute, has arrived,&#8221;
+thought Ned.</p>
+<p>After a moment the man left the porch, closing
+the outer door carefully behind him. Ned
+was out of bed in an instant, following on after
+him. When he gained the porch, the intruder
+was turning the corner of the house.</p>
+<p>Fearful of being seen, Ned crouched in a dark
+corner of the porch and waited. He could hear
+the fellow moving about, but could not see him,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_68' name='page_68'></a>68</span>
+as he kept away from the front of the cottage.</p>
+<p>The situation did not change for five minutes.
+The unwelcome visitor was still moving about
+outside and Ned was waiting for some decisive
+move to be made. The cottage did not rest on
+the knoll itself, but was set up on blocks a foot or
+more in height, and before long the boy heard
+sounds which indicated that the man he was
+watching was creeping in under the floor.</p>
+<p>Waiting only long enough to make sure of
+this, Ned left the porch and hid himself in the
+jungle, which, on the south, came to within a few
+feet of the wall. The fellow was indeed under
+the house, as the boy knew by the sounds he
+made. It was perfectly dark under there, so
+his movements could not be observed.</p>
+<p>In five minutes more the fellow backed out
+and arose to his feet. Then Ned saw that he
+held something in his right hand which looked
+like a fuse. It seemed that it was the man&#8217;s
+benevolent idea to deprive the jungle of the
+society of the boys by blowing up their cottage.</p>
+<p>Ned&#8217;s first impulse was to shoot the fellow
+where he stood. He had no doubt that the
+fellow had put enough explosive under the floor
+to kill every person in it. That would be murder,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_69' name='page_69'></a>69</span>
+and the boy&#8217;s impulse was to deal out to the
+ruffian the fate of a murderer.</p>
+<p>But he did not fire, for the intruder had not
+yet lighted the fuse. He stood for a moment
+with the end in his hand and then moved toward
+that part of the jungle where Ned was concealed.
+The boy moved cautiously aside, but even then,
+as the man crouched down in the vines, he could
+have touched him with a hand by crawling a
+yard to the front.</p>
+<p>Deliberately the fellow lighted a match and
+applied it to the fuse. The end of the cord
+brightened for an instant and then became black
+again.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is wet.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The words were whispered in English.</p>
+<p>He struck another match, listened an instant
+to make sure that the noise of the lighting had
+not attracted attention inside the cottage, and
+applied it to the fuse. The fuse burned swiftly,
+and the boy heard the incendiary go crashing
+through the tangle of vines and creepers, heading
+toward the south.</p>
+<p>Ned cut the fuse above the crawling coal and
+stood for a moment listening to the man struggling
+with the undergrowth. Then he hastened
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_70' name='page_70'></a>70</span>
+into the cottage and laid a hand on Frank
+Shaw&#8217;s shoulder.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Get up,&#8221; he whispered. &#8220;The fireworks
+have begun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank sat up in his bunk and rubbed his
+eyes sleepily.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; he asked. &#8220;Have you found
+the necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Dress, quick.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wonder you wouldn&#8217;t let a fellow sleep,&#8221;
+grumbled Frank.</p>
+<p>While the boys were dressing there came a
+snicker from Jimmie&#8217;s bed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t start anythin&#8217; you can&#8217;t stop,&#8221; they
+heard the boy whisper.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Want a midnight ramble among the
+snakes?&#8221; asked Ned, drawing on a pair of rubber
+boots which came up to his thighs.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You bet I do,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then get up and dress, and put on your
+high boots, for there are crawling things in the
+jungle.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Leaving the boys dressing, Ned hastened
+outside and listened. The man who had attempted
+the destruction of the cottage was still
+moving through the thicket. It seemed to Ned
+that an army could have made no more noise
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_71' name='page_71'></a>71</span>
+than he made. In a moment he was joined by
+Frank and Jimmie.</p>
+<p>In as few words as possible Ned explained
+the situation to his amazed chums.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What you goin&#8217; to do?&#8221; Jimmie asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I want to follow that fellow to his principal,&#8221;
+was the reply. &#8220;I want to know who set
+him at such cowardly work.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It won&#8217;t be difficult to follow him,&#8221; Frank
+said. &#8220;He makes a noise like a circus parade.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;One of you must stay here and watch the
+cottage,&#8221; Ned said, then. &#8220;When the explosion
+does not come, he may circle back here to
+see what has happened. The other may go with
+me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Both boys insisted on accompanying Ned,
+but it was finally decided that it would be better
+policy to leave Frank at the cottage.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll have to make haste,&#8221; Frank said,
+regretfully, &#8220;for the sounds he is making are
+becoming fainter. What are you going to do
+with that fuse?&#8221; he added, as Ned drew on the
+line and hauled about half a foot of gas pipe from
+under the house.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It will do no harm to take it with me,&#8221;
+Ned replied. &#8220;It is not very heavy to carry,
+and it may be of use.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_72' name='page_72'></a>72</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I hope you&#8217;ll blow that chap up with it,&#8221;
+exclaimed Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Be careful that you don&#8217;t blow yourself up
+with it,&#8221; warned Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are no cigarette smokers in the party,
+and so there is no danger,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll be here listening when the explosion
+comes,&#8221; grinned Frank.</p>
+<p>The sounds out in the jungle were now growing
+fainter. The man was either finding the
+way easier or he was getting some distance away.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Come on,&#8221; Jimmie urged. &#8220;He&#8217;ll get away
+from us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you make as much noise as he does,&#8221;
+Frank said, &#8220;he&#8217;ll stop and shoot you before
+you get anywhere near him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>It was no part of Ned&#8217;s intention, however,
+to follow the intruder through the jungle. He
+was now waiting to make sure of the general
+direction the fellow was taking. He listened
+some moments longer, until the sounds grew
+very faint indeed, and then took the path which
+led from the cottage to a fairly well-made road
+ending five miles away at one of the streets of
+Gatun.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re gettin&#8217; the wrong steer,&#8221; Jimmie
+said, as they moved along. &#8220;You&#8217;ll have to go
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_73' name='page_73'></a>73</span>
+around the world if you catch him by going this
+way.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The fellow is making for the hills,&#8221; explained
+Ned, &#8220;and we may be able to catch him
+as he comes out of the jungle.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys made good speed along the cleared
+lane until they came to a rolling, grassy hill, one
+of many leading up to the summit. Then they
+turned off to the east, still keeping their pace
+but taking precautions against being seen, as the
+night was clearer now than before, and a moon
+looked down from the sky.</p>
+<p>Finally Ned paused in a little valley on a
+gentle slope.</p>
+<p>It was one of the wonderful nights rarely
+experienced save under the equator, or very close
+to the middle girdle of the globe. The luxuriant
+growths of the jungle seemed to be breathing
+in long, steady pulsations, so uniform was
+the lifting and falling of the night breeze.</p>
+<p>Now and then the call of a night bird or the
+cry of a wild animal in the thickets came through
+the heavy air. From the distance came the
+clamor of the greatest work the world has ever
+undertaken. The thud and creaking of machinery
+mingled with the primitive noises of the
+forest. And far away over the cut flared the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_74' name='page_74'></a>74</span>
+white light of the great electric globes which
+lighted the workers on their tasks.</p>
+<p>As the boys looked forth from their depression
+in the side of the slope, two men came
+around the rise of the hill and stood at the edge
+of the jungle, not more than half a dozen yards
+away. Almost at the same instant it became
+apparent that some one was floundering about in
+the thicket immediately in front of them.</p>
+<p>A low whistle cut the air, and then the creepers
+parted and a man&#8217;s head and shoulders appeared.
+Ned and Jimmie crouched lower in
+their dent in the grassy hill.</p>
+<p>The man emerged from the thicket and stood
+with the others, tearing clinging vines and leaves
+from his clothing as he did so.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is wrong?&#8221; a voice asked. &#8220;There
+has been no explosion.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The fuse was wet,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then why didn&#8217;t you go back and fix it?&#8221;
+demanded the first speaker. &#8220;The sooner the
+job is done the better.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I heard some one stirring in the jungle,&#8221;
+was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;A nice man to be given such a task,&#8221; roared
+another voice. &#8220;You must go back.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_75' name='page_75'></a>75</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve landed the plotters, all right,&#8221;
+whispered Jimmie. &#8220;I&#8217;ll bet there&#8217;s plenty more
+bombs like the one you have, waiting to be
+tucked under the Gatun dam. Gee! I&#8217;d like to
+take a shot at them gazabos.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Still standing in the moonlight, only a short
+distance from the listening boys, the three men
+argued in low tones for a moment. It was clear
+that the man who had placed the bomb was refusing
+to obey the orders given by the others.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m not in love with the job, anyway,&#8221; the
+fellow snarled, &#8220;and you may do it yourselves
+if you want it done to-night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The others did not appear to relish the murderous
+job they were urging the speaker to undertake,
+and in a few moments the party moved
+around the base of the hill and then struck for
+the higher ground by way of a gully which cut
+between two elevations.</p>
+<p>When the boys, mounting the breast of the
+hill and crouching at the summit, saw the men
+again, two were making for the cloud of light
+which lay over the workings while the other was
+following the crest of the hill toward the east.</p>
+<p>Presently the two swung down into a valley,
+and then twin lights like those of a great touring
+car showed over a rise.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_76' name='page_76'></a>76</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of that?&#8221; asked Jimmie.
+&#8220;There must be a good road there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The car came on a few yards after the lamp
+showed, and the two men clambered aboard.
+In five minutes the motor car was speeding
+toward Gatun.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Two for the city and one for the tall timber,&#8221;
+Jimmie snickered, as the car moved out of
+view. &#8220;There&#8217;s the solitary individual watching
+them from the summit.&#8221;</p>
+<p>As the boy spoke the man who had laid the
+bomb so unsuccessfully faced away to the east
+and disappeared down the slope. It was not
+difficult to keep track of him, although the
+necessity for concealment was imperative, and
+the fellow proceeded at a swift pace for an hour.</p>
+<p>At the end of that time he was in a lonely section
+of country, where rounded knolls were surrounded
+by the dense growth of the jungle. In
+spite of the wildness of the spot, however, Ned
+saw that civilization had at some distant time
+made its mark there. Here and there low,
+broken walls of brick lifted from the grass, and
+the vegetation was not quite so luxuriant. In
+numerous places, as they advanced, the boys
+saw that the ground had once been leveled off
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_77' name='page_77'></a>77</span>
+as if to make way for a building, the ruins of
+which were still to be seen.</p>
+<p>&#8220;One of the ruined cities of the Isthmus,&#8221;
+Jimmie whispered. &#8220;If Peter could see this he
+would know all about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It wasn&#8217;t a very large city,&#8221; laughed Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s the ruins of a temple over there,&#8221;
+insisted the boy. &#8220;There&#8217;s a wall standing yet.
+And there&#8217;s the man we want going into it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>As the boy spoke the man they were following
+disappeared behind the wall. Before he
+could be restrained Jimmie wiggled forward to
+the foot of the ruin. Nestor saw him peering
+around the end of the line of brick and hastened
+forward.</p>
+<p>The man they had followed was nowhere in
+sight when Ned turned the angle, and Jimmie lay
+on the ground in the shadows, kicking up his
+heels.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He went down through the earth,&#8221; the
+boy giggled, regardless of the danger of the
+situation. &#8220;He went right down through the
+ground. Say, but he&#8217;s a corker, to get out of
+sight like that.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned caught the lad by the arm, to silence
+him, and listened. A steady click-click came
+from the ground beneath their feet. The sounds
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_78' name='page_78'></a>78</span>
+came continuously, almost with the regularity
+of the ticking of a clock.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where was he when he disappeared?&#8221;
+asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Over there in the corner,&#8221; was the reply.
+&#8220;He walked up to the wall and stepped out of
+sight. What&#8217;s that queer smell?&#8221; he added,
+sniffing the air.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There must be a fire down there in the vaults
+of the old temple,&#8221; replied Ned. &#8220;They must
+have a fire, for the smoke is coming out of a
+crevice at the top of that wall, and they are
+working on metal.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Jimmie, &#8220;an&#8217; I&#8217;ll bet they&#8217;re
+makin&#8217; more bombs&mdash;bombs for the dam.&#8221;</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='VII_WORKING_ON_NED_S_THEORY' id='VII_WORKING_ON_NED_S_THEORY'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_79' name='page_79'></a>79</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+<h3>WORKING ON NED&#8217;S THEORY.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>At daybreak Frank Shaw stood in the
+screened porch facing west, watching and waiting
+for the return of Nestor and Jimmie. It had
+been a long night for him, but he had kept his
+vigil alone, knowing that his chums needed all
+the rest they could get.</p>
+<p>Many times between midnight and morning
+the noises of the tropical forest had taken on the
+semblance of human voices, and then he had
+crept out from the screens to listen intently for
+some indication of the approach of his friends.
+But they had not come, and now he was anxious
+to set out in search of them.</p>
+<p>While he stood there with his brain filled
+with forebodings of evil, he heard a step in the
+cottage, and then Jack Bosworth stood by his
+side, bright and exuberant of spirit after his long
+sleep. He stood silent for a moment, looking
+out into the wonderful jungle and then turned to
+Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_80' name='page_80'></a>80</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Great country,&#8221; he exclaimed, sweeping a
+hand toward the gorgeous thickets.</p>
+<p>&#8220;A dangerous country,&#8221; Frank said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And a country for an appetite,&#8221; cried Jack.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll get the boys up and we&#8217;ll have breakfast.
+Why,&#8221; he added, turning back to the porch after
+glancing over the row of bunks, &#8220;where&#8217;s Ned?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He went away at midnight,&#8221; was the reply,
+&#8220;and hasn&#8217;t returned. I&#8217;m afraid something
+serious has happened to him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And you have been watching for him all
+night?&#8221; asked Jack. &#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you waken
+me? I reckon I&#8217;m entitled to a fair share of
+what&#8217;s going on here, be it good or bad.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank told the story of the night briefly
+and Jack listened with a frown on his brow.
+His fingers clenched at mention of the bomb
+which had been placed under the floor of the
+cottage.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re spotted, of course,&#8221; he said, when
+Frank concluded the story. &#8220;If we had only
+tipped His Nobbs off the ship on the way over.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I suggested that to Ned,&#8221; Frank answered,
+&#8220;but he only laughed at me. He declared the
+fellow to be the missing link between himself
+and the principals in the Gatun dam plot.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_81' name='page_81'></a>81</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the answer?&#8221; demanded Jack, with
+a puzzled air.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, it is his theory that half of the criminals
+of the world would escape punishment if
+they could only learn to lie quiet until they were
+looked up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I see. His notion was that the plotters,
+guided by His Nobbs, would visit us with hostile
+intentions, and that they might leave a trail
+back to their own camp.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, they seem to have looked us up all
+right.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The other boys now came tumbling out of
+the cottage, shouting their greetings to Frank
+and Jack and the golden morning, and clamoring
+for breakfast. Five minutes later, when the
+events of the night had been explained, their
+healthy appetites had vanished. Even when
+the cook began preparations for the morning
+meal, filling the air with tantalizing odors of
+cooking food, they sat in serious consultation
+with no thought of breakfast in their minds.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What ought we to do?&#8221; asked Jack.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Go and look him up,&#8221; suggested George
+Tolford.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_82' name='page_82'></a>82</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;He may have become lost in the jungle,&#8221;
+Peter Fenton remarked. &#8220;Suppose we go out
+into the jungle and fire our guns?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid it is worse than that,&#8221; Glen
+Howard remarked. &#8220;We ought to let Lieutenant
+Gordon know about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am afraid Ned wouldn&#8217;t like that,&#8221;
+Frank said.</p>
+<p>While the boys discussed ways and means a
+dusky youth of perhaps twenty was seen approaching
+the cottage on a run. His dress was
+half American and half native, but his face was
+wholly Spanish. He paused when he discovered
+the boys on the porch and held out his hands, as
+if to show that his mission was a peaceful one.
+Frank motioned to him to approach and opened
+the screened porch door for him to enter.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Good-morning, gentlemen,&#8221; he said, in
+excellent English. &#8220;I am from Lieutenant
+Gordon.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then I think you&#8217;re the fellow we are looking
+for,&#8221; Jack said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He wants you to join him up at the Culebra
+cut,&#8221; the youngster continued. &#8220;The two who
+left the cottage last night are there waiting for
+you.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_83' name='page_83'></a>83</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Glory be!&#8221; shouted Jack. &#8220;We were just
+wondering what had become of them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They wandered out to Gatun and came
+upon the lieutenant,&#8221; said the messenger.</p>
+<p>&#8220;In the night?&#8221; asked Peter, suspiciously.</p>
+<p>&#8220;A little while before daybreak,&#8221; was the
+ready reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll go and get ready for the journey,&#8221;
+Frank said, but at the door he beckoned to Jack
+and they walked away together.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of him?&#8221; asked Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, he seems to be all right,&#8221; was the
+reply. &#8220;At any rate he knows about the boys
+going away in the night and not coming back.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The man they followed away would know
+that, too,&#8221; Frank said.</p>
+<p>Jack looked his friend in the face for a moment
+and scratched his head.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; he asked, &#8220;do you think this is a
+stall?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t like the looks of the fellow,&#8221; was the
+reply. &#8220;Besides, what would the boys be doing
+up at the Culebra cut?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you think it is crooked we won&#8217;t go,&#8221;
+Jack observed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Another thing,&#8221; Frank went on, &#8220;we were
+to have nothing to do with Lieutenant Gordon
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_84' name='page_84'></a>84</span>
+while on the Isthmus. We were to roam about
+at our own sweet will and pick up what information
+we could. So it doesn&#8217;t seem likely that he
+would send for us all to meet him at the Culebra
+cut. Does it, now?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, it doesn&#8217;t look reasonable,&#8221; Jack admitted.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You know what we were saying about Ned&#8217;s
+theory?&#8221; Frank asked, in a moment.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You mean our talk about criminals pointing
+the way to their own destruction by unwise
+activity in defensive methods? Of course I
+remember it. If what we suspect is true, though,
+Ned rather overplayed it in this case, and got
+caught.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We don&#8217;t know yet whether he got caught
+or not. We only know that he is unaccountably
+missing. Well, what if we accept Ned&#8217;s theory
+here and go with this messenger? If he is on the
+square he&#8217;ll take us to Ned. If he is crooked
+he&#8217;ll take us to people who know why Ned did
+not return to the cottage.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It may be easier to get taken to the people
+you speak of than to get away from them,&#8221;
+Jack said, dubiously.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m game to try it, anyway,&#8221; Frank continued,
+&#8220;but I think we ought to leave one behind
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_85' name='page_85'></a>85</span>
+at the cottage, for Ned may return, possibly,
+though I doubt it. Anyway, it will do no
+harm to leave some one here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Suppose,&#8221; suggested Jack, &#8220;we don&#8217;t leave
+any one at the cottage, but instruct one of the
+boys to remain here when we go with this fellow
+and then follow on immediately, sort of keep
+track of where we are taken?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a fine idea,&#8221; Frank replied. &#8220;I&#8217;ll
+go with the messenger and take the boys with
+me. You remain here and see where we go&mdash;that
+is, you remain here when we leave and then
+trail on after us, like a Sherlock Holmes.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would rather go with you,&#8221; Jack replied,
+&#8220;but I&#8217;ll do the sleuth act if you prefer to have
+me. You&#8217;ll need a rescuer, all right,&#8221; he added,
+&#8220;for Lieutenant Gordon never sent that chap
+after us. Never in the world.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The cook soon called the boys to breakfast,
+but there was not much eaten, greatly to the
+disgust of the cook. When they left the table
+the messenger asked if they were ready to go.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All ready,&#8221; cried Frank, but Jack threw
+himself into a chair and took up a magazine,
+watching the face of the messenger over the
+pages as he did so.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_86' name='page_86'></a>86</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You are to give up the cottage,&#8221; the messenger
+said, with a frown of disapproval. &#8220;No
+one is to be left here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It will be all right for me to remain here
+until the others come,&#8221; Jack said, with a smile.
+&#8220;I don&#8217;t feel like a walk this morning.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There is a motor car just over the hill.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No inducement,&#8221; laughed Jack. &#8220;I&#8217;m going
+to remain here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The messenger said no more, though it was
+plain that the arrangement did not please him.
+In a few moments the boys were off, the messenger
+leading the way and keeping up a running fire
+of conversation.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of that?&#8221; asked Jack of
+the cook, as the party disappeared in the thicket.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t like it,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;I overheard
+what Frank told you about the disappearance
+of Ned and Jimmie, and was anticipating
+something of the kind.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you say something?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was not for me to interfere,&#8221; was the
+reply.</p>
+<p>The cook, known as Tommy, was looked over
+critically by Jack.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I believe you&#8217;re all to the good,&#8221; he said.
+&#8220;You wouldn&#8217;t be here if you wasn&#8217;t. Now,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_87' name='page_87'></a>87</span>
+what do you say to exchanging clothes with me?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have no objections, only I don&#8217;t exactly
+see&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re just about the same size,&#8221; Jack went
+on. &#8220;Same black hair and black eyes, same
+ugly smooth face&mdash;glad you have no whiskers.
+You&#8217;re tanned up a little, but I can put some
+stain on my face. There you are. The cook
+goes to Gatun and Culebra and Jack Bosworth
+remains at the cottage. They won&#8217;t think of
+molesting the cook.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would rather go with you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But some one ought to remain here,&#8221; urged
+Jack.</p>
+<p>Tommy thought over the proposition for a
+moment and smiled.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; he said. &#8220;I&#8217;ll remain here, as
+long as necessary,&#8221; he added.</p>
+<p>The exchange of clothing was quickly made
+and Jack managed to darken his face with a stain
+made of crushed leaves which Tommy gathered
+for him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now, you&#8217;ll stay right here, won&#8217;t you?&#8221;
+Jack asked, as he passed out of the doorway.
+&#8220;Ned and Jimmie may return, you know.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I&#8217;ll stay right here,&#8221; the cook said
+with a grin.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_88' name='page_88'></a>88</span></p>
+<p>But as Jack entered the thicket he added:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Until you get out of sight. Then it is me
+for the Tivoli and Lieutenant Gordon. It looks
+to me as if these babes in the woods had bitten
+off more than they can chew.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Whether his supposition was right or wrong,
+the cottage was closed in five minutes, and Tommy,
+wearing Jack&#8217;s clothing, was racing through
+the path Ned had taken the night before, on his
+way to Lieutenant Gordon.</p>
+<p>His journey on foot, however, was destined
+to be a short one, for at the turn of the path he
+came upon a man loitering in the open space just
+ahead.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wait a second,&#8221; the man exclaimed.</p>
+<p>Tommy was not inclined to check his pace,
+but a revolver in the hands of the fellow induced
+him to do so.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You are Jack Bosworth?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Tommy hesitated. For an instant he thought
+of declaring his identity and so getting away to
+the Tivoli and Lieutenant Gordon. The man
+in his path settled the problem for him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No use to deny it,&#8221; he said. &#8220;You are to
+come with me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221; asked Tommy.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_89' name='page_89'></a>89</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;If you have any weapons give them to me,&#8221;
+the other said, gruffly, paying no attention to
+the question.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; Tommy said, handing out a
+revolver. &#8220;It is a heavy thing to carry, anyway.
+Where are you going to take me?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Straight ahead,&#8221; cried the captor, with a
+frown. &#8220;Straight ahead. I&#8217;ll tell you when to
+turn and when to stop.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You seem to have an accommodating disposition,&#8221;
+laughed Tommy. &#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you
+stop the cook, who went out a little while ago?
+Perhaps he would have been glad of your company.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We are not interested in the cook,&#8221; came
+the answer, and Tommy smiled as he thought
+that at least one point of the ruse had met with
+success.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That cook will be fired for leaving the cottage,&#8221;
+grinned Tommy, making the deception as
+complete as possible.</p>
+<p>In the meantime the motor car containing
+the five boys and the messenger was speeding
+on its way toward Gatun and the Culebra cut.
+When Jack came out on the road the machine
+was disappearing from sight, but he managed to
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_90' name='page_90'></a>90</span>
+keep track of it from the hilltops for a considerable
+distance.</p>
+<p>The messenger was full of talk, his evident
+intention being to keep the boys interested.
+In spite of the attention paid them, however,
+Frank and Harry Stevens managed to hold a
+conversation on the back seat.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is carrying out Ned&#8217;s theory with a
+vengeance,&#8221; Harry remarked. &#8220;If we get
+dumped into the big cut we&#8217;ll charge it up to
+him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The play opens with plenty of action in the
+first scene,&#8221; grinned Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The adventure would look better to me if I
+knew what had become of Ned and Jimmie,&#8221;
+Harry said, despondently.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If we keep up the appearance of being
+pleased with the ride,&#8221; Frank said, &#8220;we may be
+able to learn something of their whereabouts.
+It is mystery to me how the plotters got hold
+of Ned, if they did get hold of him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You recall the talk in New York as to
+whether the men who entered Mr. Shaw&#8217;s study
+were in quest of the plot papers or the emerald
+necklace?&#8221; asked Harry.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; and I&#8217;ve been studying over that problem
+ever since.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_91' name='page_91'></a>91</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;ve been wondering, ever since we
+started out on this rather risky trip with the
+messenger, whether the people Ned encountered
+last night, and the people we are likely to meet
+to-day, are the people of the plot papers or the
+people of the emerald necklace. What do you
+think about it?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I fail to see why the necklace thieves should
+bother. They&#8217;ve got the trinket they wanted,
+haven&#8217;t they? It is the canal blowers we are
+facing now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You know Ned&#8217;s theory,&#8221; whispered Harry.
+&#8220;Well, if the necklace thieves have brought the
+bauble back to the Isthmus, they think we&#8217;re
+hot after them, and so may strike at us before
+we can get our guard up. See?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, I don&#8217;t see,&#8221; replied Frank. &#8220;I&#8217;d
+like to believe they brought the necklace over
+here, though. Then I might stand a chance to
+get it back. You&#8217;ll find that it is the men who
+are plotting against the big dam that we are
+mixing with.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The motor car ran through Gatun without
+stopping, and finally drew up at a rambling old
+structure which seemed to have been deserted
+ever since the days of Balboa. The messenger
+explained that they were to wait there for the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_92' name='page_92'></a>92</span>
+lieutenant, and all entered the ancient ruin, the
+boys looking carefully about as they stepped
+through the doorway.</p>
+<p>The room which first received them was long
+and narrow, with walls showing both age and
+neglect. They were met at the door by a tall
+gentleman of military bearing and a dwarf whose
+mischievous black eyes stared fixedly into their
+faces.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The lieutenant is late,&#8221; the military man
+explained. &#8220;If one of you is Frank Shaw, however,
+a portion of the business of the day may be
+taken up before his arrival.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank admitted his identity, and was invited
+into a smaller room opening from the apartment
+in which the others waited.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='VIII_EXPLOSIVES_FOR_THE_GATUN_DAM' id='VIII_EXPLOSIVES_FOR_THE_GATUN_DAM'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_93' name='page_93'></a>93</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+<h3>EXPLOSIVES FOR THE GATUN DAM.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Ned and Jimmie listened for some moments
+to the steady click-click of metal which came,
+or appeared to come, from the ground directly
+underneath their feet, and then Ned arose and
+crept forward.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where you goin&#8217;?&#8221; whispered Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Down there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned pointed to the dark corner.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;d better come away,&#8221; warned the boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We are here to investigate,&#8221; Ned replied,
+almost impatiently.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then investigate with a bomb, or with a
+cannon,&#8221; advised Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No time for that,&#8221; came the reply. &#8220;The
+conditions which exist now may not exist in an
+hour&#8217;s time. It is now or never.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Moving forward, Ned saw a faint finger of
+light cutting the shadows in the corner Jimmie
+had pointed out. Jimmie saw it at the same
+instant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll bet they&#8217;ve got a blacksmith shop down
+there,&#8221; he said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_94' name='page_94'></a>94</span></p>
+<p>There was no opening in the great stone slabs
+of the floor through which a man might make his
+way&mdash;only the crevice through which the ray of
+light came. Ned turned his attention to the
+wall to the south.</p>
+<p>Behind a luxuriant growth of vines he saw
+another glimmer of light, and in a moment stood
+looking down a narrow stairway, at the distant
+end of which were numerous lines of red flame.
+Jimmie, looking over Ned&#8217;s shoulder, uttered a
+muffled exclamation.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Looks like a door made out of red-hot bars,&#8221;
+he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is a board door,&#8221; Ned whispered back,
+&#8220;with wide cracks between the planks. There
+is an intense red fire in the room beyond.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned placed a foot on the top step of the stairway
+and slowly and cautiously rested the weight
+of his body upon it, to make certain that no trap
+for the protection of the place had been set there.
+The stone step was solid and bore his weight
+firmly.</p>
+<p>At the bottom of the stairway the boys
+stopped and looked about. Straight ahead was
+the cracked door, to the south was a solid wall,
+to the north, under the stone pavement they had
+crossed to gain the corner, was a dark room, the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_95' name='page_95'></a>95</span>
+door to which stood open. The room was close
+and hot.</p>
+<p>&#8220;How are your matches, Jimmie?&#8221; whispered
+Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Got a pocketful,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;Want
+a light?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not yet. We would better feel our way
+into the room. Keep close to me and keep your
+gun handy.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The room was small, something like a vestibule
+to a larger one which ran along parallel
+with the one from which the light came. It was
+very dark there, and more than once the boys
+stumbled over obstructions on the floor, which
+seemed to be of brick or stone. Once Ned
+heard Jimmie laughing softly as he rolled on the
+floor.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m thinkin&#8217; what the movin&#8217; picture men
+are missin&#8217;,&#8221; the boy said, as he moved forward
+on his hands and knees.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This would look rather amusing&mdash;on a
+white canvas on the Bowery,&#8221; Ned said.</p>
+<p>After reaching a wall, the stones of which felt
+damp and oozy to the touch, Ned ventured to
+light a match. The underground room was long
+and narrow, with rock walls in which there was
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_96' name='page_96'></a>96</span>
+no opening except the one by way of which the
+boys had entered.</p>
+<p>Ned, by the flaring light of the match,
+brushed away the mould which flourished in that
+unwholesome place and seated himself on the
+stone floor, his back against the wall. Jimmie,
+seeking physical companionship, nestled close
+to him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee,&#8221; the little fellow remarked, with a
+snicker, &#8220;you thinkin&#8217; of takin&#8217; up a homestead
+here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going to remain in this room until the
+workers in the other chamber go away,&#8221; was the
+reply. &#8220;I&#8217;ve taken a notion to look into that
+apartment.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And if they don&#8217;t go away?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll wait until they do. It is probable that
+they do all their work at night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then you won&#8217;t have to wait long,&#8221; the boy
+replied. &#8220;It was growing light in the east when
+we came down here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie dropped off into a restless sleep after
+a time, and Ned sat there waiting and listening,
+just as Frank, a short time later, waited and
+listened on the porch of the cottage in the jungle.
+When the boy awoke it was with a start of anxiety.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_97' name='page_97'></a>97</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;The boys will think we&#8217;re dead,&#8221; he exclaimed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I hope they won&#8217;t try to follow us,&#8221; Ned
+whispered.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they do,&#8221; the other said, &#8220;they&#8217;ll find
+signs in twigs and stones all the way along.
+The stone heaps point the way to this place, and
+give the warning at the place where the stairs
+begin.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Reference was here made to Boy Scout
+methods used in the forest. For instance, a
+stone with a smaller one on top says:</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is the trail.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Place a stone to the right of this and the
+meaning is:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Turn to the right.&#8221;</p>
+<p>One to the left means:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Turn to the left.&#8221;</p>
+<p>A smaller stone on top of the other two, with
+none at the side, means: &#8220;Be careful.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I hope they will keep away,&#8221; Ned went on.
+&#8220;It is a miracle, almost, that we got in here
+without being discovered.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What you think you&#8217;ll find in there?&#8221; asked
+Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Something concerning the plot,&#8221; was the
+reply.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_98' name='page_98'></a>98</span></p>
+<p>It seemed a long time before the work in the
+chamber ceased, and Ned had plenty of time in
+which to review the strange case he was interested
+in. The transition from gay New York to
+that weird apartment seemed almost like a whiff
+of fancy. Then he recalled the painstaking surveillance
+of the fellow called &#8220;His Nobbs&#8221; on the
+way down, and smiled at the thought that the
+plans he had made at first sight of the spy had
+worked out remarkably well.</p>
+<p>He had submitted gracefully to the surveillance,
+knowing that in time the man who was
+following him would track him to his camp on the
+Isthmus. That was the very point. He would
+not know where to look for the plotters, but they
+would know where to look for him. He depended
+on them to send a man to work him
+mischief, and reckoned on being able to follow
+that man back to his principals.</p>
+<p>This they had done. The men who had employed
+the spy on the ship had acted quickly and
+had sent a bomb-thrower. Ned shuddered as
+he thought of the risk he had taken that night
+in going to bed without leaving a guard. He had
+overlooked a point in the game there, for he had
+not apprehended such prompt action on the part
+of the men he had pitted himself against.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_99' name='page_99'></a>99</span></p>
+<p>However, the plan had miscarried because of
+his waking at the critical moment, and here he
+was, at the door of the men who had sent the man
+about their murderous work. But were these
+the principals? When he thought of the two
+who had hastened off toward Gatun in a motor
+car he did not believe that they were.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I shall have to look in other places besides
+subterranean chambers for the men in charge,&#8221;
+he thought. &#8220;These fellows are merely tools.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Presently the sharp click-click of metal came
+no more through the heavy air of the room, and
+Ned, awaking Jimmie, who had fallen asleep
+again, moved into the small room from which the
+doorway gave a view of the stairs. He could
+see from this room that the sun was shining
+brightly outside.</p>
+<p>Ned had scarcely stationed himself in the
+heavy shadows back of the doorway when four
+men came down the passage and passed him.
+He had no doubt that they were the workmen
+going out for the day. Such work as they did
+must needs be done in the night.</p>
+<p>Two of the men were tall and slim, with
+Spanish-looking faces, and two were short and
+stout, with a heavy droop to their shoulders and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_100' name='page_100'></a>100</span>
+broad faces almost entirely covered with whiskers.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The original anarchists,&#8221; whispered Jimmie,
+as the two short men passed.</p>
+<p>After the disappearance of the workmen all
+was still in the underground rooms. The door
+to the work-chamber had been left open, and Ned
+knew that one of two things was the solution to
+this.</p>
+<p>Either there were other men in the room, or
+there were watchers on the outside. He ventured
+out in the passage at the foot of the stairs
+and looked up. A roughly-dressed man stood
+half in view, his back to the watcher. When
+Ned turned back he saw Jimmie disappearing
+into the work-room. He called softly to him,
+but the boy passed on through the doorway and
+was lost to sight.</p>
+<p>Annoyed at the unnecessary risk taken by
+the boy, Ned stepped back into the room he had
+just left and waited half expecting to hear a call
+for assistance. He knew that he could be of
+more assistance there than in the open doorway
+to the room which the boy had entered. There
+he would at least have the first shot if Jimmie was
+pursued and made for the stairs.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_101' name='page_101'></a>101</span></p>
+<p>While he waited almost holding his breath,
+he grasped the bomb he had brought with him
+from the cottage. If Jimmie should be killed in
+there, the bomb should avenge his death. The
+ruins of the temple and the work-shop of the
+plotters should all ascend heavenward in one
+grand explosion. After a time, however, his
+fears were set at rest by the appearance of the
+boy, who came up to the doorway with a grin on
+his face.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Nothin&#8217; stirrin&#8217; in there now,&#8221; he said.
+&#8220;Come on.&#8221;</p>
+<p>It seemed plain now that those interested in
+the work which was going on underground were
+depending on outside watchers to protect them.
+The fire in a rude forge which stood at the
+distant end of the chamber was dying out when
+the boys reached it, and the place was only dimly
+lighted.</p>
+<p>On one side of the room was a pile of gas-pipe,
+cut in six-inch lengths. In a corner, far
+away from the fire, and half buried in the earth&mdash;a
+great paving stone having been removed to
+make way for the excavation&mdash;were tin vessels
+tightly covered. After his experiences of the
+night, Ned did not have to inspect the contents
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_102' name='page_102'></a>102</span>
+of these tins. He knew very well that they
+contained high explosives.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s stuff enough here to blow up the
+continent of South America,&#8221; Jimmie said,
+pointing at the gas-pipe lengths and the tin
+vessels.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And they are getting the material in shape
+to do the work,&#8221; Ned added.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yep,&#8221; Jimmie answered. &#8220;We&#8217;ve caught
+&#8217;em with their workin&#8217; clothes on. We&#8217;ve got
+to the bottom of the plot.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You go too fast, son,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;We
+haven&#8217;t got a single clue to the men higher up.
+It is probable that we have discovered the plant
+of the men who are planning to destroy Uncle
+Sam&#8217;s big job, but the work we have undertaken
+has only begun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, catch these men,&#8221; said Jimmie,
+&#8220;an&#8217; you&#8217;ve got &#8217;em.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Got these men, yes, but the chances are that
+even they do not know the men who are at the
+head of the conspiracy.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Some one is puttin&#8217; money into it, anyway,&#8221;
+the boy suggested.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and we don&#8217;t even know the interests
+which are doing it,&#8221; said Ned.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_103' name='page_103'></a>103</span></p>
+<p>Ned now busied himself about the chamber,
+having closed the door so that the light of his
+matches would not show. There was, of course,
+danger that the watcher might descend the stairs
+and discover the closed door, but there was also
+the chance that he might attribute the changed
+situation to accident.</p>
+<p>Presently Ned came upon a battered old
+writing desk standing on the head of a large
+barrel. The slanting top was locked down, but
+the boy soon had it open. Its contents consisted
+of two rolls of drawing paper.</p>
+<p>Ned took them out, stirred the fire to a sudden
+glow, and bent over the figures and lines on
+the sheets. His face grew thoughtful as he
+looked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; Jimmie asked.</p>
+<p>Ned held out the rolls.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This one,&#8221; he said, &#8220;is a drawing of the
+Gatun dam, and this other is a crude sketch of
+the basement of the <i>Daily Planet</i> building in
+New York.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee!&#8221; cried the boy. &#8220;Are they goin&#8217; to
+blow that up, too?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They appear to be thinking of it,&#8221; was the
+reply. &#8220;And there on the margin of the sheets,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_104' name='page_104'></a>104</span>
+of each of the sheets, is a date line&mdash;Saturday,
+April 15th. This is the 13th.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is that the date set for the explosion?&#8221;
+asked the boy, with wide-open eyes.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;but it seems
+to me that we ought to get out of here and
+communicate with Lieutenant Gordon, and also
+with Mr. Shaw, in New York. The date marked
+here may be the one set for action.&#8221;</p>
+<p>They started at once for the door, Ned taking
+the sheets with him and hoping to pass the guard
+without being seen. As they moved forward,
+however, they heard voices, and then a square
+of light told them that the door which they had
+left closed had been opened, and that three men
+were entering.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they turn on the light now,&#8221; Jimmie whispered
+in Ned&#8217;s ear, &#8220;there&#8217;ll be somethin&#8217; doin&#8217;
+here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The newcomers did not light the flaring
+torches with which the room was usually illuminated,
+but, closing the door, sat down near the
+forge.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think,&#8221; Ned whispered, drawing Jimmie
+toward the door, &#8220;that the fate of the Gatun
+dam and the <i>Daily Planet</i> building depends on
+our getting out of here. Move carefully.&#8221;</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='IX_A_FASTING_STUNT_IS_SUGGESTED' id='IX_A_FASTING_STUNT_IS_SUGGESTED'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_105' name='page_105'></a>105</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+<h3>A FASTING STUNT IS SUGGESTED.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>While Ned and Jimmie were wondering how
+they were to escape from the subterranean chamber,
+Frank Shaw sat in the private room in the
+old house on the road to the Culebra cut, facing
+the gentleman of military carriage and wondering
+what would be the next move in the complicated
+game.</p>
+<p>&#8220;How long have you known Lieutenant
+Gordon?&#8221; the man asked. &#8220;I beg your pardon,&#8221;
+he said, without giving the boy opportunity
+to answer the question, &#8220;but I have not yet told
+you who I am, and you can hardly be expected to
+answer questions asked by an unknown person,
+especially when so much is at stake. I am
+Colonel Sharrow, of the United States army,
+detailed on Canal Zone duty.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The man&#8217;s manners were frank and engaging,
+his personal appearance that of an officer in the
+service, yet Frank did not trust him. He did
+not believe that Lieutenant Gordon had sent for
+the boys. He did not make answer to the question
+asked concerning the lieutenant, and it was
+asked again, in this way:
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_106' name='page_106'></a>106</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Have you known Lieutenant Gordon long?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;A very short time,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You were with him in Mexico?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I met him in Mexico. I did not go there
+with him, nor did I travel in his company, except
+on the way out.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you think he is entirely loyal to the
+government?&#8221; was the next question.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think he is,&#8221; was the short reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am glad to hear you say that,&#8221; Colonel
+Sharrow continued. &#8220;I should be sorry to
+change the good opinion I have formed of
+Lieutenant Gordon.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It seems to me,&#8221; Frank said, indignantly,
+&#8220;that you are inviting an adverse opinion concerning
+him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not at all,&#8221; was the pleasant reply. &#8220;It
+was my purpose, in making the remark I did,
+to test your loyalty to my very good friend.&#8221;</p>
+<p>There was a short silence in the room, during
+which Frank could hear his friends moving
+about excitedly in the adjoining apartment.
+If they were conversing, they were doing so in
+whispers, as no words could be heard.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Lieutenant Gordon,&#8221; the Colonel said, &#8220;is
+very much devoted to the service, and is especially
+interested in the investigation upon which he is
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_107' name='page_107'></a>107</span>
+now engaged. By the way, he seems to have a
+very able assistant in the person of Ned Nestor.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Ned can help some,&#8221; Frank replied, delighted
+at this appreciation of his chum.</p>
+<p>Colonel Sharrow did not seem to be a bad
+fellow, after all.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I suppose Ned will be here with the lieutenant?&#8221;
+Frank asked, then.</p>
+<p>The Colonel hesitated, smiling more pleasantly
+than ever.</p>
+<p>&#8220;To tell you the truth,&#8221; he said, &#8220;the messenger
+did not tell you the exact truth. Ned is
+not with the lieutenant.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then this is a trap,&#8221; exclaimed Frank,
+rising to his feet.</p>
+<p>The Colonel laughed heartily.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You are an impetuous young fellow,&#8221; he
+said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You will be telling me next,&#8221; the boy said,
+&#8220;that we are not to meet the lieutenant here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You are not to meet him here,&#8221; was the
+calm reply.</p>
+<p>Frank moved toward the door.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then I&#8217;ll be going,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;In a moment,&#8221; said the Colonel, stepping
+forward. &#8220;Wait until you hear what I say,
+and then you may pursue whatever course seems
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_108' name='page_108'></a>108</span>
+good to you. You were in deadly danger, out
+there in the cottage, and we thought best to get
+you away. We knew, too, that you were too
+loyal to leave the place in defiance of orders,
+and so we used this ruse to bring you here, to the
+protection of your friends. If Nestor had been
+at the cottage we might have explained the situation
+to him. What time did he leave?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you know what time he left, and why
+he went?&#8221; demanded Frank, all his former suspicions
+returning.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We only know that he was not there at daybreak,&#8221;
+was the reply, &#8220;and so we brought you
+away. Why did he leave so suddenly?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank looked the Colonel in the eyes unflinchingly,
+determined to have the truth out of him,
+and asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;And so you don&#8217;t know where he is now?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The Colonel did not reply, and Frank knew
+that there was no necessity for continuing the
+conversation. He was satisfied that the Colonel
+was one of the plotters, perhaps the leader, that
+Ned&#8217;s departure from the cottage had not been
+detected by the man he had followed into the
+jungle, and that his friend, at least up to daybreak,
+had not fallen into the hands of the
+enemy.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_109' name='page_109'></a>109</span></p>
+<p>He saw in an instant how the case stood.
+The plotters, spying about the cottage at daybreak,
+had noted the absence of Ned. Fearful
+that he had departed on some errand which
+might seriously affect their own interests, they
+had resolved to bring the others away and learn
+from them, if possible, where Ned had gone.</p>
+<p>As the reader has doubtless suspected, this
+was the exact truth. The plotters, at the time
+the boys were taken from the cottage, did not
+know where Ned was. He had not been seen
+following the would-be murderer, nor had any
+information from the bomb-boom disclosed his
+presence there.</p>
+<p>Colonel Sharrow had regarded the &#8220;pumping&#8221;
+of the boy as certain of success, and was not
+a little surprised when he failed to go into the
+details of the incident which had taken Ned and
+Jimmie away from the cottage. It had seemed
+certain to him that the boy would hasten into an
+excited account of the peril of the situation. He
+did not know how the bomb had been discovered,
+or how it had been taken from under the
+floor of the cottage, but he knew that it had been
+done.</p>
+<p>He had depended upon Frank to tell him all
+about it, and to explain where Ned had gone and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_110' name='page_110'></a>110</span>
+why he had left the cottage in the night. He was
+greatly worried over the disappearance of the
+boy, for he did not know what had been discovered
+regarding the attempted destruction of
+the cottage and the consequent murder of the
+boys. He did not know what steps Ned might
+be taking to discover the author of the attempted
+outrage of the previous night. Besides, he was
+curious to know just how the destruction of the
+cottage had been averted.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We do not know where Ned is,&#8221; the Colonel
+said, in reply to Frank&#8217;s question. &#8220;We thought
+you might assist us in finding him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;How?&#8221; was the sharp demand.</p>
+<p>&#8220;By telling us what took place at the cottage
+last night, and where Ned went when he left&mdash;also
+what time he left the cottage.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I thought so,&#8221; Frank said, when the case
+had thus plainly been stated. &#8220;I had an idea
+you wanted to know what steps are being taken
+to bring you and your bomb-thrower to justice.
+Well, I refuse to tell you anything about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The Colonel was not yet ready to appear under
+his true colors. He had one more issue to
+discuss with the boy, and hoped to meet with
+better success than he had in the other matter.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_111' name='page_111'></a>111</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t seem to understand the situation,
+or to trust me,&#8221; he said. &#8220;You do not
+appreciate the peril your friend may be in. If
+you did, you would tell us all you know about
+the incident. Now, there is another thing I wish
+to discuss with you. You are the son of the
+owner of the <i>Daily Planet</i>?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank nodded.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Have you communicated with your father
+recently?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not since our arrival on the Isthmus.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then you have not heard from him since
+your arrival here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have not.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And consequently do not know of the peril
+he is in?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank started and turned pale. He knew
+that this information, like that concerning Ned
+and the lieutenant, might be false, but he was
+anxious just the same.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What peril is he in?&#8221; he asked, and the
+other smiled to think he had struck fire at last.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, it seems that he is accumulating proof
+against the men who are said to be planning to
+destroy the big canal, over yonder, and is getting
+on the wrong track. The men he is about to
+accuse of complicity in the plot are justly indignant,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_112' name='page_112'></a>112</span>
+and are preparing to dynamite his building
+in case any copy concerning them is sent to the
+composing room.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You seem to be conversant with the affairs
+of these men,&#8221; Frank suggested, with a frown.
+&#8220;Are you one of the men who sneaked into our
+home and chloroformed father and stole my
+necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I heard something about that,&#8221; the Colonel
+said, &#8220;and wondered at it. However, we are not
+discussing past incidents. What I desire you to
+do is to communicate with your father, in the
+cipher you sometimes use in your correspondence,
+and inform him of what I have just told
+you. Say to him that he is mistaken in the
+men, and that his building will be destroyed if he
+attempts to publish the alleged facts he has on
+hand.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think,&#8221; Frank said, &#8220;that I can trust
+his good judgment. He can take care of himself.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then you refuse to send the message?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I certainly do.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You seem to be a fat, healthy sort of a boy,&#8221;
+laughed the other, changing the subject, apparently,
+with a suddenness which astonished the
+boy.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_113' name='page_113'></a>113</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I have no cause to complain,&#8221; Frank said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;How long do you think you can live without
+food?&#8221; was the next question.</p>
+<p>Frank saw the meaning of the fellow in his
+angry eyes and dropped back into his chair.
+The boys in the next room were now talking
+excitedly, and some of the exclamations could
+be heard.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you don&#8217;t open the door we&#8217;ll break it
+down.&#8221;</p>
+<p>That was Harry Stevens. The reply was too
+faint to be heard.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What are you doing to Frank, anyway?&#8221;</p>
+<p>That was Harry Stevens&#8217; voice again. The
+question was immediately followed by a bang
+on the door.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Keep back,&#8221; a voice said. &#8220;This gun is
+loaded.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The situation was a serious one, and Frank
+blamed himself for getting into such a trap. If
+he had remained at the cottage, he thought,
+there would have been no immediate danger to
+his friends.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps, after a week&#8217;s fast, you might
+have strength enough left to write such a communication
+to your father as I suggest?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_114' name='page_114'></a>114</span></p>
+<p>The manner was unbearable, the tone insulting,
+and Frank could hardly restrain himself
+from attacking the fellow.</p>
+<p>&#8220;In a week,&#8221; he said, his eyes flashing, &#8220;you
+and your associates will be in some federal
+prison.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You talk bravely,&#8221; said the other, &#8220;and I
+observe that you are glancing about in search of
+some way out of this, to you, disagreeable situation.
+Spare your pains! Even if you could
+vanquish me and my associate in the next room,
+you could not leave the house. It is guarded
+by a dozen picked men.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is that as true as the other things you have
+said?&#8221; asked the boy.</p>
+<p>The Colonel laughed until his face turned
+red and his sides shook.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You are a bright boy,&#8221; he said. &#8220;It is
+quite a pleasure to do business with you. A very
+capable boy.&#8221;</p>
+<p>He went to the door of the room and looked
+out.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where are the men?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+<p>The dwarf, who had been sitting on a rude
+table near the door, swinging his short legs in the
+air, looked up with a slight frown.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I haven&#8217;t got &#8217;em,&#8221; he said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_115' name='page_115'></a>115</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, see if you can find them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The dwarf, called Jumbo by those who knew
+him, got off the table and pointed to a window.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Use your eyes,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>Three men stood there looking in. In the
+road in front stood the automobile in which the
+party had reached the house. On a hilltop perhaps
+sixty rods away a little spurt of dust indicated
+the approach of another motor car.</p>
+<p>The Colonel beckoned to the men to enter.
+As they stepped inside three more men entered
+from a rear door. They were all dusky, hungry-looking
+fellows, with snaky black hair and
+shrinking black eyes. They were dressed in tattered
+clothes, and carried revolvers in plain view.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Quite an army,&#8221; Frank said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This old house,&#8221; the Colonel began, a sneer
+on his thin lips, &#8220;is larger than you may think.
+At the top of a wing which stretches back toward
+the jungle there is a room where Spanish prisoners
+were once confined. With your permission
+I&#8217;ll escort you boys there, advising you, in the
+meantime, to think the situation over carefully.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The puff of dust on the distant hilltop grew
+more pronounced, and the chug-chug of a swiftly
+moving motor reached the ears of those in the
+ancient structure.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='X_A_DELEGATION_OF_BOY_SCOUTS' id='X_A_DELEGATION_OF_BOY_SCOUTS'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_116' name='page_116'></a>116</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+<h3>A DELEGATION OF BOY SCOUTS.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>The three men who entered the subterranean
+chamber where Ned and Jimmie were hidden did
+not go to work at the forge, neither did they
+illuminate the place with such poor means as
+were at hand. Instead, they settled down in
+sullen silence by the dying fire in the forge.
+What little talk there was could not be understood
+by the lads for the reason that it was conducted
+in Spanish.</p>
+<p>Ned was waiting in the hope that they would
+soon take their departure, but they seemed to be
+in no hurry to do so. Finally it was disclosed,
+in a few words of broken English, that they were
+waiting for some persons of importance to appear.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they don&#8217;t get a move on pretty soon,&#8221;
+Jimmie whispered, &#8220;we&#8217;ll have to make a break
+of some kind. If we don&#8217;t get out directly there
+won&#8217;t be any newspaper building in the Shaw
+family, and Uncle Sam won&#8217;t have any more
+Gatun dam than a robin.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We must wait until the last moment,&#8221; Ned
+replied. &#8220;The guards out there would shoot
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_117' name='page_117'></a>117</span>
+us down before we could reach the head of the
+stairs. We can&#8217;t rush them from below.&#8221;</p>
+<p>It was a long and anxious wait there in the
+underground room, especially as so much depended
+on the boys getting out. They had no
+idea what had happened to the boys left at the
+cottage, or what was taking place in New York.
+The only thing in their favor was that the workmen
+did not light the torches which lay about.
+Such an act would have led to their discovery
+and precipitated a struggle at once.</p>
+<p>&#8220;See if you can&#8217;t reach one of them bombs,&#8221;
+Jimmie giggled, nudging Ned in the ribs. &#8220;I
+want to eat it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have about reached that stage myself,&#8221;
+Ned replied. &#8220;I never was so empty in my life.
+We&#8217;ll have to do something before long.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Suppose I start an&#8217; run?&#8221; suggested Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll get a breakfast of lead if you do,&#8221;
+Ned replied. &#8220;Sit still.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Again the boys sat back in their corner to
+wait, huddled together for the sake of companionship,
+and wondering what had become of
+their chums at the cottage.</p>
+<p>&#8220;They ought to be here by this time,&#8221; Jimmie
+complained, in a whisper. &#8220;I left plenty of
+instructions regarding the route.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_118' name='page_118'></a>118</span></p>
+<p>The little fellow did not, of course, know that
+the boys were at that moment in the ancient
+house near the Culebra cut, nor that an automobile
+was speeding over a hill to the north of
+the old structure&mdash;watched by his friends with
+anxious interest.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Something may have happened to them,&#8221;
+Ned said. &#8220;It seems to me that this case is set
+on automatic springs. The slightest move on
+our part brings out a bang from the other side.
+Our opponents are industrious chaps, and that&#8217;s
+no fabrication. They keep going every minute
+of the time.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And they&#8217;ve won every trick so far,&#8221;
+grumbled Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, but the game is not out yet,&#8221; Ned replied,
+hopefully.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I should think these gazabos would get tired
+of waitin&#8217; an&#8217; go away,&#8221; Jimmie said, after
+another long silence.</p>
+<p>&#8220;They are taking turns sleeping,&#8221; Ned replied.
+&#8220;I heard one of them snoring a few minutes
+ago.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie settled back again, rubbing his stomach
+dolefully, and the place seemed to grow
+darker before his eyes. When he awoke again
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_119' name='page_119'></a>119</span>
+Ned was pulling at his arm, and there was a
+great shouting and pounding at the door.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wake up and get your gun out,&#8221; Ned said.
+&#8220;There&#8217;s going to be something started here in a
+minute.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it?&#8221; demanded the boy, sleepily.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The others have come,&#8221; Ned replied, &#8220;and
+there&#8217;ll be lights in here directly.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m so wasted away with hunger,&#8221; Jimmie
+said, &#8220;that they&#8217;ll have to shoot pretty straight
+to hit me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>One of the men by the forge now began stirring
+the embers preparatory to lighting a torch,
+and the others made for the door.</p>
+<p>It looked as if there would be open battle in a
+moment, but in that moment a shot came from
+the outside, followed by a faint cheer.</p>
+<p>The three men who had waited in the chamber
+drew together, close to the sullen light of
+the forge, the torches unlighted in their hands.
+They seemed to be whispering together, and the
+boys saw them turn their faces toward a corner
+not far from the forge.</p>
+<p>Two more shots came from outside, and then
+a voice cried, in English:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Open the door, you chumps.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_120' name='page_120'></a>120</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s Jack Bosworth,&#8221; cried Jimmie,
+bounding toward the entrance.</p>
+<p>Ned followed the boy&#8217;s movement for an
+instant, and then faced back toward the forge,
+where the three workmen had stood. The last
+one was just disappearing through an opening
+in the wall, and, with a bound the boy was after
+him. A heavy plank door snapped shut in his
+face.</p>
+<p>Then the front door was thrust open, and
+Frank, and Jack, and Harry, and Glen, and
+Peter dashed through, shouting at the top of
+their voices. Jack even lifted up his chin and
+howled &#8220;In the prison cell I sit.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Prison nothin&#8217;,&#8221; Jimmie exclaimed, indignantly.
+&#8220;We was just goin&#8217; out to find you
+fellers.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what the guard at the door said,&#8221;
+cried Jack. &#8220;He told us that you were expected
+out any minute.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The lads danced about like mad creatures
+for a moment, and then settled down to meet the
+situation in which they found themselves.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where are the guards?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they are still going at the pace they set
+out in,&#8221; laughed Frank, &#8220;they must be pretty
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_121' name='page_121'></a>121</span>
+near up to San Francisco by this time. I never
+saw such running in my life.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you capture them?&#8221; asked
+Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;For the same reason you did not capture
+the men who were inside,&#8221; laughed Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But we did capture &#8217;em,&#8221; insisted Jimmie.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve got &#8217;em locked up in a chamber that
+opens from that corner.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is that true?&#8221; asked Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; replied Ned. &#8220;It is true that they
+went into a chamber over there, but the door is
+locked on the other side.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll soon remedy that,&#8221; Jack observed,
+and in a short time the boys were pounding away
+at the plank door with a heavy sledge which had
+evidently been used in cutting up the gas-pipe.</p>
+<p>When the door was down a narrow passage
+was revealed. This, followed by the boys, led
+to an opening at the bottom of the knoll on which
+the temple had been built. The men who had
+operated the bomb factory had escaped, every
+one of them, and Ned turned away in disgust at
+the luck which seemed to pursue him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Every man of them got away,&#8221; he grumbled.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_122' name='page_122'></a>122</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;What you kicking about?&#8221; demanded Jack,
+pulling away at the pile of pipe which was evidently
+the makings of a supply of bombs. &#8220;You
+captured their artillery.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They can make more,&#8221; Ned replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And the maps he found,&#8221; Jimmie cried.
+&#8220;Maps showing how to blow up a Gatun dam
+and a New York newspaper office. All marked
+out. Just like lessons on blowing things up from
+a correspondence school.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank was all attention immediately. He
+had heard something like that before that day,
+and asked a score of questions in a breath.</p>
+<p>When the story of the drawings was told the
+boys gathered about Ned while he pointed out
+the lines drawn in what purported to be a sketch
+of the basement of the <i>Daily Planet</i> building.
+Frank declared that the dots made in the drawing
+were located exactly at steel and concrete
+foundation points. The plan of destruction had
+evidently been prepared by some one familiar
+with the structure.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It strikes me,&#8221; Frank said, after a moment&#8217;s
+inspection of the drawings, &#8220;that we&#8217;d
+better get out of here and reach a cable office.
+One of the plotters was kind enough to tell me
+what they were about to do, and this looks like
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_123' name='page_123'></a>123</span>
+they mean to keep their word, for once in their
+lives, at least.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;d better be getting out of this, anyway,&#8221;
+Jack put in, &#8220;for those chaps are sure to come
+back and bring a gang with them. Suppose we
+go back to the cottage and see what has been
+doing there?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I thought you came from the cottage here,&#8221;
+Ned said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;We left the road
+leading from Gatun at the point where you two
+left it last night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll bet you saw my signs in twigs,&#8221; Jimmie
+said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We sure did,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;and we found
+your signs in stone out there on the stone pavement,
+and Jack bunted one of the guards in the
+head with the third rock.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But I don&#8217;t understand this,&#8221; Ned said.
+&#8220;Where have you boys been this morning?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;This morning,&#8221; declared Frank. &#8220;It is
+most night now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you,&#8221; grinned Jack, &#8220;they went and
+got taken prisoners by a martinet of a fellow
+and a dwarf, and I had to go and get them out.
+Say! But you wait a second, and I&#8217;ll produce
+my modest assistant.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_124' name='page_124'></a>124</span></p>
+<p>He stepped to the edge of the jungle and
+whistled shrilly, and the next moment a slender
+boy of perhaps fifteen stood by his side, gazing
+at the group, now on the pavement of what had
+at one time been the court of the temple, with
+something of fear in his dark eyes. He was
+dressed in clothes which were much too large for
+him, and his manner indicated that he was not
+at ease in the company of the well-dressed Boy
+Scouts.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is Gastong,&#8221; Jack explained. &#8220;He&#8217;s
+capable of doing a running stunt that would
+make an express train look like it was hitched to
+the scenery. Gastong,&#8221; he added, turning the
+boy around so that he faced the others, &#8220;this
+is the company of bold, bad men you&#8217;ve enlisted
+in. What patrol did you say you belonged to?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The Owl, Philadelphia,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee,&#8221; cried Jimmie. &#8220;Looks to me like
+he was a piece of the Isthmus.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;This,&#8221; explained Jack, with the voice and
+manner of one standing on a box before a tent
+and touting for a curiosity, &#8220;is Gastong, the boy
+tramp of the Isthmus. If he had a place to
+sleep he would run away from it before night.
+If he went to bed with a dime in his pocket he&#8217;d
+dream it was there and get up and spend it.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_125' name='page_125'></a>125</span>
+If he was set to digging in a mine he&#8217;d chop his
+way through and come out on the other side and
+run away. If he was&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>Frank clapped a hand over the speaker&#8217;s
+mouth and marched him away.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve got no time for stump speeches,&#8221;
+he said. &#8220;The gazabos we drove off when we
+arrived will come back with reinforcements,
+and&mdash;and there you are.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m dying to know what has been happening,&#8221;
+Ned said, with a laugh. &#8220;It looks to me
+as if you boys had been in something of a mess
+yourselves.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Time enough for that when we get back to
+the cottage,&#8221; Jack said. &#8220;Come on, Gastong,
+and we&#8217;ll lead the bunch to the festive board.
+I hope the cook will be there. Say, but why
+don&#8217;t you fellows compliment me on me fine
+appearance in this menial rig?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You haven&#8217;t given us time to say a word,&#8221;
+laughed Jimmie. &#8220;You look like the cook,
+indeed, you do; and you make me hungry.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is another story for the cottage,&#8221;
+Jack said, and the boys hastened off toward the
+camp which had proved such a source of danger
+to them.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_126' name='page_126'></a>126</span></p>
+<p>When they came in sight of the place they
+were astonished at seeing Lieutenant Gordon
+and the cook sitting side by side on the screened
+porch. The cook was still dressed in Jack&#8217;s
+clothes, and the lieutenant, who had evidently
+just arrived, was speaking rapidly, as if laboring
+under great excitement.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XI_JACK_AND_HIS_FRIEND_GASTONG' id='XI_JACK_AND_HIS_FRIEND_GASTONG'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_127' name='page_127'></a>127</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+<h3>JACK AND HIS FRIEND GASTONG.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Lieutenant Gordon sprang to his feet when
+he saw the boys emerging from the jungle, and
+stood waiting, his hand on the porch door, while
+they entered.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve given me a good scare,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s been a scare comin&#8217; to everybody
+to-day,&#8221; grinned Jimmie, &#8220;even to the dagoes
+in the bomb chamber.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The bomb chamber,&#8221; repeated the lieutenant.
+&#8220;What have you youngsters been up
+to? Where did you find a bomb room?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Back here in the cellar of a ruined temple,&#8221;
+Jimmie started to explain, but the lieutenant
+stopped him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Suppose we begin at the beginning,&#8221; he
+suggested.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is the beginning,&#8221; Ned replied, &#8220;the
+beginning of the story after we left the cottage
+in the night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Then Ned related the story of the finding of
+the ruined temple and what had taken place
+there.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_128' name='page_128'></a>128</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;But how did you boys get to the temple?&#8221;
+asked the lieutenant, then. &#8220;The last I heard
+of you one of the plotters had you in tow, and
+Jack was running off after you in the cook&#8217;s
+clothing. Where did you boys connect with
+each other?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Hold on!&#8221; Jack broke in. &#8220;Where did the
+cook connect with you? I presume he is the boy
+that brought you here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure,&#8221; said the cook. &#8220;I had no intention
+of remaining here. I knew about what would
+happen to you boys, and so started on a run for a
+&#8217;phone, the idea being to reach the lieutenant.
+I was mistaken for Jack, and held up by a man
+who must have been left to spy about the cottage,
+but I got a chance to hand him one and
+got to a &#8217;phone. Since then the lieutenant has
+melted a thousand miles of wire making inquiries
+for you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m glad we all got out before the lieutenant
+got to us,&#8221; Jimmie cut in. &#8220;I guess this bunch
+of Boy Scouts don&#8217;t need any United States
+army to pry us out of our troubles. We almost
+got here first,&#8221; he added, with a provoking grin.</p>
+<p>&#8220;When you get done congratulating yourselves,&#8221;
+laughed the lieutenant, &#8220;perhaps you
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_129' name='page_129'></a>129</span>
+will tell me how you boys got to the ruined
+temple.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I cannot tell a lie,&#8221; cried Jack, &#8220;I did it.
+While I was chasing myself along through the
+dust kicked up by the choo-choo car the boys
+rolled away in, I came upon a youth who held
+me up in the middle of the road and asked how
+I&#8217;d like to continue my run against time in an
+airship. He was a cheeky looking chap, and
+I felt like giving him a poke in the breather,
+when he grinned and gave me the Boy Scout high
+sign.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You never found a Boy Scout out here in
+the jungle?&#8221; exclaimed Gordon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You bet I did,&#8221; Jack continued. &#8220;If you
+don&#8217;t believe it, go back there to the cookerie.
+He&#8217;s filling up on the beans I was expecting to
+get myself. Call him my dear Gastong, and
+he&#8217;ll come.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Cripes!&#8221; cried Jimmie, and he was away in
+a second, attacking the great dish of pork and
+beans which stood on the table in the cookroom.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gastong,&#8221; continued Jack, looking longingly
+into the cook room, &#8220;was born on the
+Isthmus, and knows all about conditions here,
+but he&#8217;s too aristocratic to mix with the inhabitants
+for any great length of time. He&#8217;s got the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_130' name='page_130'></a>130</span>
+highfaluting blood all right, but he is shy of the
+skads, so he protects his dignity and pride of race
+by bumming his way over the world, like an
+English milord with a ruined castle and an overdraft
+at the bank. He learned to talk United
+States in New York, and got to be a Boy Scout
+in Philadelphia.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Details of pedigree and biography later,&#8221;
+said Ned. &#8220;Did he have an airship?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He had the next best thing to it,&#8221; Jack
+replied. &#8220;He had a motor car which he was
+running for some gazabo over in Gatun. He was
+out for his health when he saw the boys shooting
+by in a car with a man he knew to be a crook,
+and was about to follow on and see what was
+doing when he saw me speeding up the right of
+way, looking as if I was obliged to catch the
+machine ahead.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He left his car around the corner of the hill
+and met me on foot, with about a dozen Boy
+Scout signs on tap and a score of badges of honor
+hidden away in his ragged clothes. He told me
+what he thought of the man who was running
+the car ahead, and I told him how he would be
+patrol leader on the Golden Streets just because
+he was a Boy Scout and was there at that time,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_131' name='page_131'></a>131</span>
+so we got into his machine and followed the crook
+in the lead.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What about the tramps?&#8221; laughed Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;When we saw the boys go into that old
+house, we knew there was something crooked
+going on, and Gastong said to me that if I
+wouldn&#8217;t give him away he would put me wise
+to a bunch of hoboes that were camping out in
+the jungle, too lazy to work, and just about ripe
+for a scrap. So we rounded up the hoboes and
+made a break for the old house.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all,&#8221; cried Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And got there just in time to see Frank
+and his friends going to the floor with a lot of
+has-been wrestlers the man in charge of the house
+had precipitated on them,&#8221; Jack went on.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where are the people who were in the
+house?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Up in the air,&#8221; cried Frank. &#8220;Say, they
+got out so fast that they melted a path all down
+the hill to the motor car. We ought to have
+fixed that so it wouldn&#8217;t run.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where are the hoboes?&#8221; asked the lieutenant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gone back to camp, wearied out with their
+exertions,&#8221; laughed Jack. &#8220;They came to the
+Isthmus to work on the canal, but found the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_132' name='page_132'></a>132</span>
+climate didn&#8217;t agree with them, so they are
+taking the rest cure. I was a find for them, all
+right. They&#8217;ve got money enough to live on for
+a month, and I&#8217;ve got to wire Dad for more
+soap.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is a pleasure to bump into a nice, bright
+little boy like you,&#8221; grinned Jimmie, standing
+in the doorway with a great slice of bread in his
+hand. &#8220;Here you had an army big enough to
+surround that old ruin, an&#8217; yet you went an&#8217;
+let the fellers get away. An&#8217; we&#8217;ve been blowed
+up, an&#8217; locked up, an&#8217; chased in motor cars, an&#8217;
+gone without our eatin&#8217;s, an&#8217; nothin&#8217; doin&#8217;.
+Up to date we&#8217;re about as useless on the Isthmus
+as an elephant&#8217;s ear on an apple pie&mdash;big enough
+to be in the way, but not good enough to become
+part of the diversion.&#8221;</p>
+<p>There was now a call from the cook, and
+there was no further talk of the situation for the
+next half hour. The lieutenant was fully as
+active at the table as the others, and the newcomer,
+Gastong, as Jack persisted in calling him,
+seemed to forget that he had invaded the kitchen
+half an hour before and paid his respects to a
+pan of baked beans. After the meal a council
+was called on the porch.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_133' name='page_133'></a>133</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You all understand,&#8221; Lieutenant Gordon
+said, &#8220;that you cannot remain here without being
+constantly on guard?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course,&#8221; Frank said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And you know that the men who have been
+seen in connection with this plot will now disappear
+from the game and new men take their
+places?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is the worst feature of the case,&#8221; Ned
+said, thoughtfully. &#8220;My theory worked first
+rate up to a certain point. I was put in communication
+with some of the underlings in the
+plot, just as I planned I should be, but they all
+got away. The men who are at the head of this
+conspiracy will not permit the fellows who have
+appeared in one of the roles to appear again.
+We haven&#8217;t gained a thing.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Except a more definite knowledge of the
+purposes of the plotters,&#8221; suggested the lieutenant.
+&#8220;We know now that it is the Gatun
+dam that is threatened, and that the newspaper
+building in New York will soon become a mass
+of ruins unless some action is taken at once.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Also we know where they made their
+bombs,&#8221; said Jack.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But we don&#8217;t know where they will make
+them in future,&#8221; said Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_134' name='page_134'></a>134</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, what about staying here?&#8221; asked the
+lieutenant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We are doubtless as safe here as anywhere,&#8221;
+Jack suggested.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course I want to stay here,&#8221; the irrepressible
+Jimmie put in. &#8220;I haven&#8217;t got on
+speakin&#8217; terms with the scenery yet.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There may be another bomb under the
+house this minute,&#8221; Frank said, starting up from
+his chair. &#8220;The place has been alone all day.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys swarmed out of the porch like a
+colony of bees looking for a new home, and while
+some crawled under the floor of the cottage,
+others penetrated the jungle for some distance
+in every direction. There were no suspicious
+objects under the floor, and the jungle seemed
+to present a peaceful attitude.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What about having the old temple and the
+deserted house watched for a time?&#8221; asked Jack,
+as all returned to the porch.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of that, Ned?&#8221; asked
+the lieutenant.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they are watched at all,&#8221; was the reply,
+&#8220;it is my idea that the work should be done very
+secretly, and no arrests made there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; Glen Howard remarked, &#8220;there was
+a dwarf in the house named Jumbo. He didn&#8217;t
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_135' name='page_135'></a>135</span>
+seem to like the gang he was training with, and I
+thought we might be able to get him to keep an
+eye out for us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll go and see him,&#8221; Jimmie said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, go walking right up to the front door
+and knock, and say you would like to sell the
+lady of the house a carpet sweeper, and you&#8217;ll
+get a piece of lead in your anatomy,&#8221; Jack said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; Jimmie grinned, &#8220;when I go to
+call on Jumbo I&#8217;ll get an airship an&#8217; drop down
+out of the blue into the chimney. Say, you
+fellers make me tired. Do you really want to
+get this Jumbo person into the game?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It might not be a bad idea,&#8221; Ned replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right, then,&#8221; grinned Jimmie, &#8220;I&#8217;ll have
+me private secretary look him up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You might have him look up my emerald
+necklace, while he is about it,&#8221; laughed Frank.
+&#8220;I can&#8217;t afford to lose that.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;As I have before remarked,&#8221; said the lieutenant,
+&#8220;find Pedro and you&#8217;ll find the necklace.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Unless he&#8217;s soaked it,&#8221; Frank put in.</p>
+<p>About dark Lieutenant Gordon arose to go
+back to Ancon and Jimmie and Peter Fenton
+moved down the little path with him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Here,&#8221; the lieutenant said. &#8220;You boys
+mustn&#8217;t be seen with me. You are not supposed
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_136' name='page_136'></a>136</span>
+to be connected with the secret service in any
+way.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, I suppose not,&#8221; chuckled Jimmie.
+&#8220;I suppose they come here an&#8217; put bombs under
+our cottage, an&#8217; lug us off to deserted houses, an&#8217;
+all that, thinkin&#8217; we&#8217;re down here in search of a
+new kind of butterfly. If anybody should ask
+you, the plotters know just as much about our
+arrangement as we do.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned, who had been following along behind
+the others, broke into a laugh.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The boy has the situation sized up correctly,&#8221;
+he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then come along,&#8221; growled the lieutenant.
+&#8220;Where are you going?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re going to have a look at the Culebra
+cut,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;You said we might ramble
+about the Isthmus all we wanted to.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But why go with me, and at night?&#8221; asked
+the officer.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We want to see the work going on under
+electricity,&#8221; Peter replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Let them go,&#8221; advised Ned. &#8220;If they can&#8217;t
+take care of themselves it is time we found it
+out.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The fact was that the boys had learned from
+the cook that the lieutenant had come to the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_137' name='page_137'></a>137</span>
+vicinity of the cottage in an automobile, and
+they thought this a fine chance to secure a ride
+to the famous excavation. There was at least
+another member of the party who seemed to
+think just as they did, for when the machine
+purred out into the rough road leading from
+the path to Gatun the slight figure of Gastong
+vaulted into the back seat with the boys and
+motioned to them to remain quiet.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s up?&#8221; whispered Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps he wouldn&#8217;t let me go,&#8221; suggested
+the other.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve ducked an&#8217; dodged so long that
+you&#8217;re afraid of everybody,&#8221; returned Jimmie.
+&#8220;I guess any of our friends can go where we can.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Gastong, however, had not given the true
+reason for wishing to keep his presence in the car
+a secret from the lieutenant. The boy had been
+so considerately treated by the Boy Scouts that
+he was infatuated with them, and wished to serve
+them in some important way.</p>
+<p>Not having any steady occupation or place of
+residence, the boy had been driven about alike
+by the native authorities and the army officers
+until he was, as Jimmie declared, afraid of any
+one having authority. He had been treated as
+an equal by the boys, and was determined to
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_138' name='page_138'></a>138</span>
+serve them. He had heard the talk of enlisting
+the dwarf, Jumbo, in the cause represented by
+the secret service men, and was now resolved to
+return to the deserted house and look the little
+fellow up.</p>
+<p>Therefore, when the machine drew near to
+the house which the lads had visited that
+day under such unfavorable circumstances he
+dropped out and was soon lost in the shadows
+of the jungle.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of that?&#8221; Jimmie demanded.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think he can do a better job there than
+either of us could,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, when we come back from the cut,&#8221;
+Jimmie said, &#8220;I&#8217;m goin&#8217; to drop off here an&#8217; see
+how the chump is gettin&#8217; along.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Looking back, they saw a light flare up in the
+house, and then die out!</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XII_LOST_IN_THE_JUNGLE_AT_NIGHT' id='XII_LOST_IN_THE_JUNGLE_AT_NIGHT'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_139' name='page_139'></a>139</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+<h3>LOST IN THE JUNGLE AT NIGHT.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just look at it!&#8221;</p>
+<p>The lieutenant, after many warnings against
+getting in the way, and against getting lost in
+the jungle, had just left Peter and Jimmie,
+and the boys stood at the verge of the great
+Culebra cut, taking in the wonder and the force
+of the marvelous scene.</p>
+<p>Night and day, under the great white lights,
+the work went forward, cutting a way for the
+commerce of the world. Night and day the
+human ants bored into the earth. Continuously
+the blasting and scraping, the puffing and the
+roaring, went on. Always the great steam shovels
+were biting into the soil and the rock.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That doesn&#8217;t look like the deep blue sea
+down there, does it?&#8221; Peter went on, &#8220;yet the
+largest vessels in the world will be sailing over
+here in four years, sailing through this cut, and
+over a forest beyond the rise there. It looks
+big, doesn&#8217;t it? And it sounds big, too.&#8221;</p>
+<p>From where the boys stood there seemed to
+be a hopeless confusion of men and machines,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_140' name='page_140'></a>140</span>
+but they knew that back of all the hurry, and
+bustle, and noise, was a great machine, a wonderful
+system, born in a human brain and reaching
+its lines out to the smallest detail.</p>
+<p>&#8220;When you sit on a fire-escape balcony, or in
+a park,&#8221; Jimmie said, his mind going back to the
+New York lounging places he knew best, &#8220;and
+read about how many tons of earth have been
+removed during the week, you don&#8217;t sense it,
+do you? You&#8217;ve got to come down here and
+catch Uncle Sam at his job.&#8221;</p>
+<p>While the boys talked of the marvelous thing
+before them a stranger of quiet mien stood
+watching them from an elevation a few yards
+away. He was a man of middle age, with brilliant
+black eyes, long, like those of an Oriental,
+and a figure almost boyish in its proportions.
+He was neatly dressed in a dark suit of some soft,
+expensive material, his linen was spotless, and a
+diamond of great value and brilliancy glimmered
+in his pure white tie.</p>
+<p>He stood watching the boys for a moment
+listening to their talk, and then approached
+them, softly, deferentially, yet with an air of
+frankness.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is a wonderful sight,&#8221; he said, as he came
+to the edge of the cut where the lads stood.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_141' name='page_141'></a>141</span>
+&#8220;In all the world&#8217;s life there has never been anything
+like it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys turned and looked the man over
+modestly, yet with sharp eyes. It is not to be
+wondered at, after their experiences there, that
+they were suspicious of all strangers. They both
+at first rather liked the looks of the man.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is worth coming a long way to see,&#8221;
+Peter observed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;it is wonderful, even
+to those who are small cogs in the great machine,
+and so it must seem almost supernatural in its
+showing of strength to those who look upon it
+for the first time.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You belong on the works?&#8221; asked Jimmie,
+gazing at the man with a sort of awe, as one
+might look at a man of mighty deeds.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I have my part in the work,&#8221; was the
+reply, &#8220;though it is only a modest part. I am
+in the office of the engineer, and frequently come
+out at night to note the progress of the big cut.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It must make a man feel a mile high, to be
+part of a thing like this,&#8221; Jimmie said, sweeping
+a hand over the scene. &#8220;It makes little old
+New York look like thirty cents,&#8221; he added,
+with a laugh.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The work,&#8221; the stranger said, in a pleasant
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_142' name='page_142'></a>142</span>
+tone, which gave no indication of foreign birth
+&#8220;has progressed beyond the expectations of
+the most enthusiastic advocate of the canal.
+When we came here we found about seven miles
+of waterway bored into the side of the Isthmus,
+reaching, well, about up to the rising slope of
+Gatun. Beyond this there were scratches in the
+soil for about forty miles. There was a notch
+nicked in the hills of Culebra&mdash;just a nick bearing
+no resemblance to what you see before you at
+this time.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That was over there where the hills rise
+up like men watching the lights and listening
+to the noise?&#8221; asked Jimmie, his imagination
+thoroughly stirred by the scene.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, over there. It would have taken the
+Frenchmen a century to dig down to the level
+where those shovels are working, where those
+tracks lie. I&#8217;m afraid it took the men they
+brought here most of the time to bury the dead.
+But, after all, they never got in touch with the
+really big thing.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I guess that was the Chagres river,&#8221; Peter
+said; &#8220;I&#8217;ve read something about that, about the
+trouble it makes.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, that was the river,&#8221; the stranger went
+on, by this time pretty deep in the confidence
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_143' name='page_143'></a>143</span>
+and admiration of the boys. &#8220;They found the
+Chagres having everything its own way on the
+uplands, over to the north, there. It ambled
+along like a perfect lady in spots, then it twisted
+its water into whirling ropes which pulled at the
+banks and toppled cliffs into the current.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Freshets?&#8221; asked Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Exactly. When the engineers came they
+found something worth while. They found a
+dismal, soggy-looking ditch which could do
+things in a single night. They found crumbling
+and shaling cliffs which showed the bite of the
+waters. Time and again they had to do their
+work all over again. Then they decided to take
+the Chagres by the neck and choke it into subjection.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d like to see some one choke a river,&#8221;
+Jimmie laughed. &#8220;You try to choke a river and
+you&#8217;ll find that the harder you clutch it the more
+trouble it will make you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But they not only choked the Chagres,&#8221;
+the stranger said, with a captivating smile which
+went far toward giving him the complete confidence
+of the boys, &#8220;they put it in chains. If
+you look on a detail map of the Isthmus, you
+will see a white band stretching from Limon Bay
+to La Boca, just below the hill of Ancon. That
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_144' name='page_144'></a>144</span>
+is the line of the canal. Then, across this white
+band, you will see a crooked line, a turning and
+twisting line. That is the river, which seems to
+change its mind about general direction every few
+minutes. The engineers found this river in the
+habit of getting up in the night and tearing their
+work in pieces.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t they cut a straight channel for
+it?&#8221; asked Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That was tried, but finally the engineers
+decided to stop trying to make the river behave
+itself, as a river, and turned their attention to
+squelching it. They are going to turn it into a
+lake&mdash;the Lake of Gatun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve heard something about that,&#8221; Jimmie
+said. &#8220;Go on and tell us more about it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The stranger smiled pleasantly, but there was
+a sudden quickening of the flame in his brilliant
+eyes which the boys did not notice.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The upland portion of the Isthmus, the
+plateau, as it would be called in Mexico, is fairly
+level from Gatun to the Culebra hills. It might,
+in fact, be called a shallow basin, with hills
+shutting it in. Now do you see what the Gatun
+dam is for?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure. To flood that basin and turn the
+Chagres into a lake,&#8221; cried Jimmie.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_145' name='page_145'></a>145</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;That is just what will be done. The Panama
+canal will be a lake most of the way. The
+locks will float the vessels up to the lake and
+down to the canal again. The hills, and forests,
+and farms of the basin will be under water.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And the mines,&#8221; Jimmie said, thinking of the
+talk he had had with Peter concerning the emerald
+mines. &#8220;The lake will flood them, too.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are no mines there any more,&#8221; the
+stranger said, lightly, but there was a quality in
+his voice which almost asked a question instead
+of making a statement of fact.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve been wondering if there wasn&#8217;t mines
+down there,&#8221; Jimmie added, in a moment.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What kind of mines?&#8221; asked the stranger.</p>
+<p>Jimmie was about to say &#8220;Emerald mines,&#8221;
+but Peter&#8217;s anxious face warned him to check the
+words on his lips.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I&#8217;ve heard of all kinds of mines about
+there,&#8221; he said, instead.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The mines are farther south,&#8221; said the
+stranger. &#8220;Are you boys with a party?&#8221; he
+added, in a moment. &#8220;If not, I would like to
+have you spend the night as my guests.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve got a camp back here,&#8221; Peter said,
+&#8220;and the others will be expecting us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I see,&#8221; said the other. &#8220;You are the boys
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_146' name='page_146'></a>146</span>
+who are here in search of specimens. I recall
+something Lieutenant Gordon said about you.
+But you are a long way from the cottage in the
+jungle near Gatun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;When did you see Lieutenant Gordon last?&#8221;
+asked Peter, suspiciously.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I met him something over half an hour ago,&#8221;
+was the reply, &#8220;on his way back to the Tivoli at
+Ancon. You came here in his machine?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m going to Gatun to-night, and
+you may ride with me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The stranger turned away, as if to get his
+motor car, and Peter nudged Jimmie in the ribs
+with his elbow.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now we&#8217;ve done it,&#8221; he whispered.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Done what?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Got a man after us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you think he is one of the men we came
+here to look up?&#8221; asked Jimmie. &#8220;I&#8217;ve been
+thinking he looks like a Jap. Perhaps he&#8217;s one
+of the men at the bottom of that bomb business.
+Well, we don&#8217;t have to go with him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d like to see where he would take us,&#8221;
+Peter whispered.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not for your uncle,&#8221; Jimmie replied. &#8220;It
+is me for the jungle. This thing is gettin&#8217; worse &#8217;n&#8217; a
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_147' name='page_147'></a>147</span>
+Bowery drama. The villain comes on in
+every scene here. Say! Suppose we take a run
+into the woods before he gets back?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m not in love with the jungle at night,&#8221;
+Peter said. &#8220;Besides, I&#8217;d like to know what
+this Jap has in mind.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The chug-chug of the stranger&#8217;s motor was
+now heard, and, without waiting for further discussion,
+the boys ducked away into the jungle,
+which crowded close on the cut at this point.</p>
+<p>They heard the car stop at the point where
+they had been standing, and heard a low exclamation
+of impatience, indicative of disappointment,
+from the lips of the driver, and then
+crept farther into the tangle of vines.</p>
+<p>Finally Peter stopped and faced toward
+Gatun.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;d better be working toward home,&#8221;
+he said. &#8220;This thicket is no place for a civilized
+human being at night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Although there was a moon, and the sky
+showed great constellations with which the boys
+were unfamiliar, the jungle was dark and creepy.
+Keeping the lights from the workings on their
+left, the boys pushed their way through the
+undergrowth for some distance without resting,
+and then paused in a little glade and listened.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_148' name='page_148'></a>148</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee,&#8221; cried Jimmie, after standing at attention
+for a moment, &#8220;there&#8217;s some one following
+us. We&#8217;d better dig in a little deeper.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It may be a wild animal,&#8221; said Peter, who,
+while ready to face whatsoever peril might come
+in the company of the man they were running
+away from, was in mortal terror of the jungle.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are no man-eaters here,&#8221; Jimmie
+replied, unwinding a snake-like creeper from his
+neck and pushing on.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I can feel snakes crawling up my legs now,&#8221;
+complained Peter, with a shiver.</p>
+<p>The noise in the rear came on about as fast
+as they could move, and at last Jimmie sat down
+on a fallen tree.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He can hear us,&#8221; he said. &#8220;We might as
+well be hiding with a brass band.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then we&#8217;ll keep quiet until he passes,&#8221;
+Peter trembled out. &#8220;I&#8217;m afraid to go plunging
+through here in the dark, anyway.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Making as little noise as possible, the boys
+crept into a particularly dense thicket and
+crouched down. Almost as soon as they were
+at rest the noise behind ceased. In five minutes
+it began again, but the sounds grew fainter
+and fainter and finally died out.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He was followin&#8217; us all right,&#8221; Jimmie said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_149' name='page_149'></a>149</span>
+&#8220;Now we&#8217;ll dig in a little deeper, so as not to
+come out anywhere near him, and then go back
+to camp.&#8221;</p>
+<p>They walked, or crept, rather, until they
+were tired out and then looked about.</p>
+<p>There were giant ceiba trees, with trunks as
+smooth as if they had been polished by human
+hands, tremendous cotton-trees, their branches
+bowed down with air plants, palms, to which
+clung clusters of wild nuts, thick, bulbous trees,
+taller trees with buttressed roots, as if Nature
+knew the strain that was to be placed upon them
+and braced them up accordingly, trees with bark
+like mirrors, and trees with six-inch spike growing
+from the bark.</p>
+<p>And through this thicket of trees ran creepers
+resembling pythons, smaller vines which tore at
+the boughs of the trees, and a mass of running
+things on the ground which caught the foot and
+seemed to crawl up toward the throat. By daylight
+it would have been weird and beautiful.
+At night it was uncanny and fearsome.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We ought to be in sight of the lights by this
+time,&#8221; Peter said, after they had crept on and
+rested again and again.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Jimmie, &#8220;but we ain&#8217;t. We&#8217;re
+lost in the jungle, if you want to know.&#8221;</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XIII_BOY_SCOUTS_TO_THE_RESCUE' id='XIII_BOY_SCOUTS_TO_THE_RESCUE'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_150' name='page_150'></a>150</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+<h3>BOY SCOUTS TO THE RESCUE.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Ned Nestor and Frank Shaw sat on the porch,
+that night, for a long time after the other boys
+were asleep. It had been decided that Frank
+should stand guard until midnight, but Ned
+was far too anxious to attempt to sleep. The
+absence of Jimmie and Peter worried him, and
+he sat waiting for some sign of their approach
+until very late.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Frank,&#8221; he said, after a long silence, &#8220;there
+has been some talk in this case about your father
+having an interest in an emerald mine down
+here. Have you any idea where that mine is?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not the slightest,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;All I
+know about it is that it is a paying proposition,
+and that foreigners are in the game with him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You do not even know whether the mine is
+situated in the Province of Panama?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I rather think it is.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have heard talk,&#8221; Ned went on, &#8220;about
+mines on the line of the canal. It may be that
+this one is.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_151' name='page_151'></a>151</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I think it is not far from Colon,&#8221; was the
+reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you know who these foreigners are?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Japanese, I think.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned was silent for a time, as if studying some
+proposition over in his mind. The boys in the
+cottage were stirring in their sleep, and a shrill-voiced
+bird in the jungle was calling to its mate.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What are you trying to get at?&#8221; Frank
+asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Has it ever occurred to you,&#8221; Ned replied,
+&#8220;that your father acted rather strangely on the
+night he was attacked in his house&mdash;the night
+your emerald necklace was stolen and the office
+building searched?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have never thought of his attitude as
+remarkable,&#8221; replied Frank, &#8220;but, come to think
+the matter over from this distance, it does seem
+that he did act queerly when asked to reveal
+the nature of the information he had received.
+Lieutenant Gordon was angry with him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; the lieutenant believed that the papers
+would help him a lot if he could get hold of
+them. He still thinks so.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I understand that he still, in his mind, accuses
+father of disloyalty to his country,&#8221; said
+Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_152' name='page_152'></a>152</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;It seems to me,&#8221; Ned continued, &#8220;that one
+of two propositions is true. Either the papers
+would be useless in revealing the plot, or they
+deal with a situation which your father believes
+himself capable of handling alone.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wonder what he will think when he gets
+the cable Lieutenant Gordon took up to Panama
+for me?&#8221; asked Frank.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What did you say in the message?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I told him to keep an army of men in the
+basement of the newspaper building&mdash;to look
+out for bombs all over the structure.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am glad you were able to warn him,&#8221; Ned
+said, &#8220;but I can&#8217;t help believing that he knew
+something of the peril he was in before we left
+New York. He was altogether too quiet that
+night when his house and his office were searched.
+He appeared to me to be planning a revenge both
+effective and secret.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And he never made a row about Pedro leaving
+him,&#8221; Frank said. &#8220;Why, he used to think
+Pedro was the whole works.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You say the fellow&#8217;s name is not Pedro at
+all, but Pedrarias?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, that is what father says. I gave him
+the name of Pedro for short. He is an offshoot
+of the Spanish family that ruled the Isthmus
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_153' name='page_153'></a>153</span>
+after Balboa was shot. He claims pure Castilian
+blood, and all that. How he ever consented to
+become a servant is more than I can make out.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Has it never occurred to you,&#8221; asked Ned,
+&#8220;that he might have had an object, besides that
+of salary, in acting the part of a menial?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have thought, since the night of the robbery,
+that he might have scented the necklace
+from afar off and come there to get it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Your father found him on the Isthmus?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; on his latest trip.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He consulted with him, in a way, concerning
+conditions here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I think he did. Pedro is a very intelligent
+man, and proud as the Son of the Morning.
+He gave me his pedigree about the first
+day of his service in the house.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps your father sought his advice
+regarding the emerald business.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I think he did, now and then.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And Pedro was always ready to advise?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, of course.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And your father grew to put some confidence
+in his talk?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I presume so, for they talked together a
+good deal. But I don&#8217;t see what you are getting
+at.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_154' name='page_154'></a>154</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you know whether the two discussed
+the location and opening up of new mines?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes. Father is always after new
+mines.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where is he looking for them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;On the Isthmus and all through the republic
+of Colombia, I think.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And especially on the Isthmus?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I believe so.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And Pedro was active in looking up possible
+workings?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; he used to show father maps and plans,
+at night, in the study, and they used to pore over
+them for hours at a time. But what does that
+amount to? Father took him to New York, I
+have no doubt, because he thought he would be
+useful in that way. The fellow knows every inch
+of the Isthmus and South America. Now, let
+me ask you a question. Do you think he stole
+my emerald necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, frankly, I do not,&#8221; replied Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But you have a notion that he let the others
+into the house?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, he might have done so.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He showed guilt when he ran away.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course. The fact is that if he did let the
+thieves into the house he did not do so especially
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_155' name='page_155'></a>155</span>
+to give them a chance to steal the necklace. At
+least that is the way I look at it. And, again,
+if he did admit them, he permitted them to do a
+bungling job.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You mean that they didn&#8217;t get what they
+wanted?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Exactly.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The papers concerning the plot?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Probably.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, how could they get them if they
+weren&#8217;t in the house?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He should have located them before he
+turned his confederates loose.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then you really think Pedro was at the
+bottom of all that?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have not said so,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;There
+is no knowing whether he was or not.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wish you wouldn&#8217;t be so secretive,&#8221; Frank
+said. &#8220;You have a straight out and out theory
+of that night&#8217;s work, and you won&#8217;t tell me what
+it is.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I never form theories,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What would Pedro want of the papers?&#8221;
+Frank demanded. &#8220;Was he in the plot to blow
+up the dam, or was he just paid to get them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I can tell you more about that in a few days.
+It is midnight, and I will relieve you. Go to bed.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_156' name='page_156'></a>156</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I shall sleep sounder after I hear from
+father,&#8221; the boy said, passing into the cottage.
+&#8220;He may be having troubles of his own in New
+York,&#8221; he added, pausing at the door for a last
+word.</p>
+<p>Ned sat for a long time on the screened porch
+with the splendor of the tropical night about him.
+The jungle came nearly to the walls of the house
+on all sides, save in front, where a little clearing
+had been made, and the noises, the creature
+and vine talk of the thickets, came to his ears like
+low music.</p>
+<p>He listened constantly for the footsteps of the
+absent boys, but for a long time there was no
+break in the lilt of the forest. Then&mdash;it must
+have been two o&#8217;clock&mdash;he heard the quick beat
+of running feet, and directly Gastong, as Jack
+had fancifully named his new acquaintance,
+came spurting into the cleared space.</p>
+<p>He stopped running when he reached the
+middle of the cutaway spot and, seeing Ned on
+the porch, beckoned to him.</p>
+<p>Ned was off the porch in an instant, standing
+by the exhausted boy, who was now on the
+ground, supporting his swaying figure with one
+hand clutching the long grass.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it,&#8221; asked Ned.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_157' name='page_157'></a>157</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Have you heard anything of the boys, the
+two who went away in the car?&#8221; asked the other.
+&#8220;Have they come back?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; replied Ned, filled with a sickening
+sense of helplessness, &#8220;they have not returned.
+Come inside the screen and speak low, so as not
+to wake the others.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Gastong rose slowly to his feet and walked
+stumblingly to the porch. Once inside he
+dropped into a chair.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have run a long distance,&#8221; he said, by way
+of apology for his weakened condition. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+all in.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it about the boys?&#8221; Ned demanded,
+clutching the other by the arm.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I stopped at the old house,&#8221; began Gastong,
+but Ned cut him short.</p>
+<p>&#8220;About the boys,&#8221; he said, shaking him
+fiercely. &#8220;What about the boys?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They are either in the hands of your enemies
+or lost in the jungle.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The words were spoken shrinkingly, as if the
+news conveyed might be of his own making.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where did you leave them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I stopped at the old house,&#8221; began the other
+again, &#8220;and remained there only a few minutes.
+Then I went on toward the Culebra cut and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_158' name='page_158'></a>158</span>
+came upon a friend who told me what had taken
+place.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well! Well! Well!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The boys stopped at the cut, this side of the
+high point, and were there accosted by Gostel.
+Oh, you don&#8217;t know Gostel?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, no,&#8221; was the impatient reply. &#8220;Who
+the dickens is Gostel?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He is a spy, a Jap who has been hanging
+about the Isthmus ever since the beginning of
+the work.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned was thinking fast. This might mean
+something tangible. He had never heard of
+Gostel before.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, what of Gostel?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He talked with the boys for a time and
+invited them to become his guests for the night.
+He referred them to Lieutenant Gordon. I got
+it from my friend who heard all their talk.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And they went away with him?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned&#8217;s voice was harsh and high, and the
+boys in the cottage were heard moving about,
+as if awakened by his voice.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No, they didn&#8217;t go away with him. They
+became suspicious of him, and when he went for
+his car they ran away into the jungle. A mad
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_159' name='page_159'></a>159</span>
+thing to do. A crazy thing for boys to do, for
+strangers. There is death in the jungle.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And why didn&#8217;t you go in after them?&#8221;
+asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What could I do alone?&#8221; asked the other,
+with a little shiver of apprehension.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you know the country&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>Gastong interrupted with a gesture of impatience.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Knowing the country couldn&#8217;t help me, not
+with Gostel and his men trailing into the jungle
+after the boys.&#8221;</p>
+<p>There was a new fear creeping into Ned&#8217;s
+heart, and he was beginning to realize that there
+are perils more to be dreaded than the perils of
+the jungles.</p>
+<p>&#8220;How many went in?&#8221; asked Ned, in a moment.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, half a dozen&mdash;I don&#8217;t know. Some one
+must go for help. Gostel will kill the boys. I
+should think that after the experiences of the
+afternoon&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am ready to go this minute,&#8221; Ned said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, but you must have torches, and guns,
+and stand ready to fight against wild beasts as
+well as against men. There are jaguars in
+there, and boas&mdash;serpents ten yards in length.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_160' name='page_160'></a>160</span>
+Natives have been killed by jaguars within the
+month.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Jaguars rarely come as far north as this,&#8221;
+Ned said, &#8220;and your serpents are not dangerous,&#8221;
+but the other insisted that there were both
+jaguars and boas in the jungle.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This man Gostel may have gone to the
+rescue of the boys,&#8221; suggested Ned.</p>
+<p>Gastong laughed weakly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t know him,&#8221; he said. &#8220;I tell
+you he is a spy, a Japanese spy, watching every
+inch of the canal as it is excavated. He is in the
+pay of hostile interests, and will work you all a
+mischief. He knew before you arrived that you
+were coming.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;How do you know that?&#8221; demanded Ned.</p>
+<p>Gastong&#8217;s replies to the question were not
+satisfactory, and so Ned gave over questioning
+him. The sleeping boys were aroused and in
+ten minutes, just as a faint tint of day came into
+the east, they were away to the jungle&mdash;taking
+the way to Gatun at first, as the thicket they
+sought was far to the southeast of that city.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XIV_THE_KILL_IN_THE_JUNGLE' id='XIV_THE_KILL_IN_THE_JUNGLE'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_161' name='page_161'></a>161</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+<h3>THE KILL IN THE JUNGLE.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was growing darker every minute in the
+jungle, for there were now fleecy clouds in the
+sky, and the moon was not always in sight.
+Following Jimmie&#8217;s statement that they were
+lost, the boys stood stock still in a dense thicket
+and tried once more to get their bearings.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve got something figured out wrong,&#8221;
+Peter said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see how we have,&#8221; Jimmie insisted.
+&#8220;See here! That is the moon up there? What?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Looks like it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then it&#8217;s got lost,&#8221; Jimmie continued.
+&#8220;Ever stand behind the scenes in a theatre and
+hold a moon up on a stick?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Never did.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, I did, on the Bowery, once, and I got
+so interested in what was goin&#8217; on in front that
+the moon set in the east. That&#8217;s what&#8217;s the
+matter with this moon. Some&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There ain&#8217;t no supe holding up this moon on
+a stick.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then they&#8217;ve moved the Panama canal,&#8221; insisted
+Jimmie. &#8220;If they hadn&#8217;t, we would have
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_162' name='page_162'></a>162</span>
+come to the cut a long time ago. That moon
+is supposed to be in the south. It ought to be.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps a little west of south.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, we crossed over the ditch down here,
+didn&#8217;t we, and struck into the jungle from the
+west side of the Culebra cut?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course we did.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then if we keep the moon in the south, on
+our right, we&#8217;ll come back to the cut?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure. Anyway, we ought to.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, Old Top, we&#8217;ve been walkin&#8217; for the
+last two hours with the moon on our right, and
+we haven&#8217;t got anywhere, have we? You don&#8217;t
+see no lights ahead of us, do you?&#8221;</p>
+<p>There were no signs of the big cut. The
+great lights which blazed over the workings were
+not to be seen. The noises of the digging, the
+dynamiting, the pounding of the steam shovels,
+the nervous tooting of the dirt trains, might have
+been a thousand miles away.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve got to show me,&#8221; Peter said, after
+studying over the matter for a moment. &#8220;That
+moon isn&#8217;t on no stick on a Bowery stage. It
+is there in the south, where it belongs, and if we
+continue to keep it on our right we&#8217;ll come to the
+canal in time. We are farther away than we
+thought for.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_163' name='page_163'></a>163</span></p>
+<p>They struggled on through the jungle for
+another half hour, and then stopped while
+Jimmie looked reproachfully at the moon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d like to know what kind of a country this
+is, anyway,&#8221; he grumbled. &#8220;I never saw the
+moon get off on a tear before.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Except when you had it on the end of a
+stick,&#8221; said Peter, with a noise which was intended
+for a laugh, but which sounded more like
+a sigh of disgust.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, we&#8217;ve got to stay here until morning,&#8221;
+Jimmie said, presently, &#8220;and I&#8217;m so hungry that
+I could eat a boa constrictor right now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Quit!&#8221; cried Peter. &#8220;Don&#8217;t talk about
+snakes, or you&#8217;ll bring them down on us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That was coarse, wasn&#8217;t it?&#8221; observed
+Jimmie. &#8220;Well, I&#8217;ll withdraw the remark.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If we stay here until morning,&#8221; Peter said,
+dubiously, &#8220;how do we know the sun won&#8217;t
+rise in the west?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; Jimmie replied. &#8220;Guy me if
+you want to, but you&#8217;ll find this is no joke before
+we get through with it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I know that now,&#8221; Peter replied. &#8220;I never
+was so tired in my life, and I&#8217;d give a ten-dollar
+note for a drink of cold water.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys sat down on dry tree knuckles, buttressed
+roots rising three feet from the soil, and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_164' name='page_164'></a>164</span>
+discussed the situation gravely. After a short
+time Peter got up with a start and began prancing
+about the little free space where they were.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got it!&#8221; he cried. &#8220;We&#8217;re both
+chumps.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They usually act that way when they&#8217;re
+dyin&#8217; of hunger an&#8217; thirst,&#8221; Jimmie said, dolefully.
+&#8220;Keep quiet, an&#8217; you&#8217;ll feel better in a
+short time.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But I know which way to go now,&#8221; Peter
+insisted.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes, I know. You&#8217;re goin&#8217; to tell
+which is north by the moss on the trees. Or
+you&#8217;re goin&#8217; to tell which way is northeast by the
+way the breeze lays the bushes. Or you&#8217;re goin&#8217;
+to make a compass out of the dial of your watch.
+I&#8217;ve read all about it. But we&#8217;re stuck, just the
+same, not knowin&#8217; the constellations.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Stuck&mdash;nothing,&#8221; cried Peter. &#8220;Look here.
+Which way does the Panama canal run?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;North and south, across the Isthmus, of
+course.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s where you&#8217;re wrong! From Gatun
+to Panama the line of the cut is more east and
+west than north and south. Now revise your
+opinion of the moon. At this time of night she
+would be in the southwest.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_165' name='page_165'></a>165</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;That would make a little difference,&#8221; admitted
+Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, there you are. Take a line running
+southeast and a couple of chumps going almost
+southeast by keeping a southwest object to the
+right, where will they land? That&#8217;s mixed, but
+I guess you know what it means. Where would
+a couple of chumps find the southeast line?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;About next week at two o&#8217;clock,&#8221; cried
+Jimmie. &#8220;Come on. We&#8217;ll start right now, an&#8217;
+get out of the jungle before daylight.&#8221;</p>
+<p>In a few moments after taking a fresh start
+the boys came to a place where a small body of
+water made a clearing in the forest. The little
+lake, or swamp, for it was little more than a well-filled
+marsh, was of course walled about by trees
+and climbing vines, but there was a lane to the
+southwest which permitted the light of the moon
+to fall upon the water.</p>
+<p>The surface of the pool was well covered with
+floating plants, and now and then, as the boys
+looked through the undergrowth, a squirming
+thing ducked under and out of sight. There
+was something beautiful about the spot, and
+yet it was uncanny, too.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wish that was all right for a drink,&#8221;
+Jimmie observed.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_166' name='page_166'></a>166</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;It is all right for a drink&mdash;if you&#8217;re tired of
+living,&#8221; Peter said. &#8220;Say,&#8221; he added, pointing,
+&#8220;what do you think of that for a creeper, over
+there? I&#8217;m sure I saw it climbing down off
+that tree.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie took one look and started away,
+drawing Peter with him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a python!&#8221; he exclaimed. &#8220;Come on.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are no pythons in this country,&#8221;
+Peter replied, pulling back and looking out over
+the water again.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is a boa, then,&#8221; Jimmie cried. &#8220;Come
+away. It is getting out of the tree!&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys did not move for a moment. They
+seemed to be fascinated by what they saw. It
+was a serpent at least ten yards in length&mdash;a
+serpent showing many bright colors, a thick,
+elongated head, a body at least ten inches in
+diameter, and a blunt tail. As it moved down
+the column of the tree it launched its head out
+level in the air as if anticipating a feast of Boy
+Scout. The shining head, the small, vicious
+eyes, drew nearer to the faces of the watchers,
+and it seemed as if the serpent was about to leap
+across the pool.</p>
+<p>Directly, however, the reptile threw its head
+and the upper part of its body over a limb on
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_167' name='page_167'></a>167</span>
+a tree nearer to the boys and drew its whole
+squirming body across.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is coming over here, all right,&#8221; whispered
+Peter. &#8220;Can you hit it? A bullet landed
+in that flat head might help some.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course I can hit it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie would not have admitted fright, but
+his voice was a trifle shaky. It is no light thing
+for a boy reared on the pavements of New York
+to face a serpent in the midst of a tropical forest
+at night.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You shoot, then,&#8221; Peter said. &#8220;I&#8217;ll hold
+my fire until we see what happens.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie drew his revolver and waited for a
+moment, as the head of the snake was now in the
+shadow of the tree. When it came out again,
+still creeping nearer to the boys, swaying, reaching
+out for another tree which would have
+brought it within striking distance, the boy took
+careful aim and fired.</p>
+<p>There was a puff of smoke, the smell of burning
+powder, a great switching in the branches of
+the tree. Peter seized Jimmie by the arm and
+drew him back.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you didn&#8217;t hit him he&#8217;ll jump,&#8221; the boy said.</p>
+<p>When the smoke which had discolored the
+heavy air drifted away, they saw the serpent still
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_168' name='page_168'></a>168</span>
+hanging from the limb, pushing his head out this
+way and that and flashing a scarlet tongue at its
+enemies.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You hit him, all right,&#8221; Peter said. &#8220;Try
+again.&#8221;</p>
+<p>After the third shot the body of the serpent
+hung down from the tree with only a stir of life.
+It was evident that at least one of the bullets
+had found the brain.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It will hang there until it decays,&#8221; Peter
+said. &#8220;That tail will never let go. Come on
+away. It makes me sick.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s always two where there&#8217;s one,&#8221;
+Jimmie said, &#8220;and we must move cautiously, for
+there would be no release from the coils of a
+snake like that.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I thought I heard something moving in
+there a moment ago,&#8221; Peter said, pointing away
+from the pool. &#8220;I&#8217;ll go in and see.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you stir,&#8221; advised Jimmie. &#8220;There&#8217;s
+some one in there. I heard voices. We have
+been followed all this long way, and the shooting
+must have located us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>This was a very natural conclusion, and the
+boys crept behind the bole of a tree and waited
+for what seemed to them a long time. Then
+footsteps were heard, soft, stealthy steps, like
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_169' name='page_169'></a>169</span>
+those of a man walking in padded stockings.
+The great leaves of a huge plant with red blossoms
+moved, and a pair of fierce eyes looked out.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a panther,&#8221; whispered Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;A South American jaguar,&#8221; Peter corrected.
+&#8220;They eat men when they get desperately
+hungry.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The great cat moved out from behind the
+plant and stood in the shaft of moonlight. It
+was a graceful beast, an alert, handsome creature
+of the woods, but did not look in that way
+to the boys just then.</p>
+<p>In size it was nearly the equal of the full
+grown tiger. The head was large, the body
+thick yet supple, the limbs robust. In color it
+was of a rich yellow, with black rings, in which
+stood black dots, marking the sides.</p>
+<p>The beast is known as the South American
+tiger, and is by far the most powerful and dangerous
+of tropic beasts of prey. It is swift
+enough to capture horses on the open pampas
+and strong enough to drag them away after
+the kill. In some of the countries south of the
+Isthmus the jaguar is a menace to the inhabitants,
+and settlements have been deserted because
+of them. It is rarely that one is found as far
+north as the Isthmus.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_170' name='page_170'></a>170</span></p>
+<p>While the boys watched the cat slipped out
+one soft paw after the other and looked about,
+as if awakened from sleep. Then it moved
+toward the tree behind which the boys were
+partly concealed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now for it,&#8221; whispered Peter. &#8220;If we miss
+it is all off with one of us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He may not come here,&#8221; Jimmie said,
+hopefully. &#8220;He was probably brought here by
+the smell of blood. Say! Don&#8217;t you hear something
+back of us? This cat&#8217;s mate may be there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>And the cat&#8217;s mate was there. Not looking
+in their direction, but sitting up like a house cat,
+watching the swaying body of the serpent. Her
+nose was pushed out a trifle, as if scenting supper
+in the dangling horror.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The mate is here, all right,&#8221; Peter said, in a
+whisper. &#8220;We&#8217;re between the two of them.
+What is the first one doing?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Coming on,&#8221; whispered Jimmie, &#8220;and I&#8217;ve
+got only three shots in my gun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all you will have time to use if you
+miss the first one,&#8221; Peter said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; Jimmie returned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And we&#8217;ll have to shoot together,&#8221; Peter
+went on.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is your hand steady?&#8221; asked Jimmie.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_171' name='page_171'></a>171</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;As a rock,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;Good-bye to
+little old New York if it wasn&#8217;t. Funny notion
+that a jaguar should be trying to eat a Wolf and
+a Black Bear.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And a baby Wolf, too,&#8221; added Jimmie.
+&#8220;My beast is coming on, bound to investigate
+this tree. When he gets so close that he can
+spring I&#8217;ll give the word, and we&#8217;ll shoot together.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The cat approached slowly. At first it did
+not seem to catch the scent of prey in the neighborhood
+of the tree. It came on with cautious
+steps, crouching low, as if ready to leap.</p>
+<p>Then the female caught sight and scent of the
+boys and uttered a low cry of warning which the
+male appeared to understand, for in a second its
+ears were laid down on its neck and the belly
+touched the ground.</p>
+<p>&#8220;When you shoot keep the lead going,&#8221;
+advised Jimmy. &#8220;Now!&#8221;</p>
+<p>Again, in that splendid tropical scene, there
+was a puff of smoke, one, two, three, four.
+Again the odor of burned powder attacked the
+nostrils and clouded the heavy air. Again
+there was a great floundering in the thicket.</p>
+<p>The boys stood waiting for the snarling impact,
+but none came.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XV_SIGNAL_FIRES_IN_THE_JUNGLE' id='XV_SIGNAL_FIRES_IN_THE_JUNGLE'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_172' name='page_172'></a>172</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+<h3>SIGNAL FIRES IN THE JUNGLE.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we got &#8217;em,&#8221; Jimmie cried, as the
+smoke drifted away.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I got mine.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Peter spoke proudly, just as if there had been
+no fear of the result a moment before.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Mine&#8217;s lying down to rest,&#8221; Jimmie went
+on. &#8220;I&#8217;m goin&#8217; up to feel his pulse.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If he gets a swipe at you, you&#8217;ll wish you
+hadn&#8217;t been so curious about his old pulse,&#8221;
+Peter observed.</p>
+<p>But Jimmie did not at once go toward the
+wounded beast. The great cat lifted its head,
+gave a cry that echoed and re-echoed through
+the forest, and sprang for the tree. The boy&#8217;s
+revolver spoke again, and the long hours of practice
+with the weapon in the shooting galleries
+of New York told. The beast dropped to the
+ground with a bullet in the brain, sent in exactly
+between the eyes.</p>
+<p>The female lifted her head at the cry and tried
+to regain her feet, but was not strong enough to
+do so. With a turn of her pretty head in the
+direction of her mate, she fell back dead.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s almost a shame,&#8221; Peter said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_173' name='page_173'></a>173</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You wouldn&#8217;t be so sorry for the cats if they
+had got a claw into you,&#8221; Jimmie observed.
+&#8220;Just one claw in the flesh and it would have
+been all off.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Peter turned away from the dead animals.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Come on,&#8221; he said, &#8220;it seems like a slaughter
+house here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wait,&#8221; Jimmie cried. &#8220;I want to swing
+the cats up so they won&#8217;t be devoured by their
+friends of the jungle. I want the skins for rugs.
+Guess they will look pretty poor in our patrol
+room. What?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll come back with you in the daylight,&#8221;
+Peter said, &#8220;if you&#8217;ll come away now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Leaving the glade where they had encountered
+such dangers, the boys moved toward the
+canal line, keeping the moon, now well toward
+the horizon, at their back.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If we had done this before,&#8221; Jimmie said,
+as they forced their way through clusters of
+clinging vines, &#8220;we would be at home in bed
+now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But we wouldn&#8217;t have had the jaguar rugs
+coming to us,&#8221; answered Peter. &#8220;Glad I didn&#8217;t
+think of it before.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Presently they came to the top of a little
+hill in the jungle and looked out over the country
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_174' name='page_174'></a>174</span>
+ahead. There were no canal lights in the distance.
+Afar off they could see a faint streak of
+dawn.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t believe we&#8217;re going right, after all,&#8221;
+Jimmie said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We must keep a little more to the left,&#8221;
+Peter replied. &#8220;The line of the canal runs
+almost southeast here, and we are going east.
+We&#8217;ll strike it quicker if we turn to the north.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;This ain&#8217;t much like the Great White Way
+at daylight,&#8221; commented Jimmie, as a great
+creeper settled about his neck, having been
+pulled from a tree by his companion.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see what we&#8217;re doing in here in the
+night, anyway,&#8221; Peter observed. &#8220;We didn&#8217;t
+come down here to get big game, but to prevent
+enemies of the government getting gay and blowing
+up the Gatun dam. Whew! They might
+have blowed it up while we&#8217;ve been shooting
+snakes and cats. Guess there&#8217;s one of the explosions
+now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>A rumbling came toward them from the east.
+It was such a rumbling as one hears when great
+masses of fireworks are set off at once. Such a
+rumbling as one hears in war, when the rifles
+are speaking along a line of infantry and cannons
+are roaring out above their patter. The ground
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_175' name='page_175'></a>175</span>
+shook, and birds, frightened, fled from tree
+boughs with strange cries.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Something has gone up,&#8221; Jimmie said.
+&#8220;I wish we could see over the tops of that next
+line of trees.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sounds like the crack of doom,&#8221; Peter observed.
+&#8220;I wish we could get out of the tall
+timber and see what&#8217;s going on.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a white light,&#8221; Jimmie cried,
+excitedly. &#8220;That must be the workings.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a cloud, just touched with dawn,&#8221;
+Peter replied. &#8220;There&#8217;s no sight of the canal
+yet. If we could only get out to the cut we&#8217;d
+soon be home.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Home?&#8221; repeated Jimmie, in disgust, &#8220;we&#8217;re
+more&#8217;n fifty miles from camp, the way the roads
+run. If we can get a train at Culebra, we may
+be able to get home by dark. You must remember
+that we rode a long way with the lieutenant.
+Culebra is almost to the Pacific. The locks are
+there, or near there.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We can get a train, I guess,&#8221; Peter said,
+sleepily. &#8220;I wonder if any of the boys are sitting
+up for us?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You bet they&#8217;re out hunting for the two of
+us,&#8221; Jimmie said. &#8220;It takes one half of our
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_176' name='page_176'></a>176</span>
+party to keep the other half from getting killed,&#8221;
+he added.</p>
+<p>There were still no signs of the canal line.
+The jungle was as dense as ever, and seemed
+more desolate and uncanny than ever under the
+growing light of day. As the sun arose and
+looked down into the green pools vapors arose,
+vapors unpleasant to the nostrils and bewildering
+to the sight.</p>
+<p>Presently the boys came to a little knoll from
+which they could look a long way into the jungle
+stretching around them. Below were slimy
+thickets, tangles of creepers and vines which
+seemed to be sentient, but no signs of the work
+of man. It was now eight o&#8217;clock in the morning,
+and the boys were worn out and hungry.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If they&#8217;re out lookin&#8217; for us,&#8221; Jimmie said,
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll give &#8217;em somethin&#8217; to follow. Watch me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But they won&#8217;t be anywhere around here,&#8221;
+Peter said, as Jimmie began gathering dry twigs
+and branches from the ground.</p>
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;ll begin where Lieutenant Gordon left
+us,&#8221; insisted the boy. &#8220;Now you see if I don&#8217;t
+wake some Boy Scout up. Here, you carry this
+bunch of wood over to that other knoll.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; Peter said. &#8220;Perhaps another
+jaguar will see the signal and give us a call.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_177' name='page_177'></a>177</span></p>
+<p>In a short time the boys had gathered two
+great piles of dry leaves and branches lying
+some fifty feet apart. Then a quantity of green
+boughs were gathered and placed on top of the
+dry fuel. When matches were touched to the
+piles a dense smoke ascended far above the tops
+of the trees. There were two straight columns
+of it lifting into the sky above the jungle.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There!&#8221; cried Jimmie wiping the sweat
+from his face, for the morning was hot and the
+work had been arduous, &#8220;if there is a Boy Scout
+within ten thousand miles he&#8217;ll know what
+those two columns of smoke mean.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course,&#8221; said Peter. &#8220;If he&#8217;s ever been
+out camping.&#8221;</p>
+<p>In the Indian signs adopted by the Boy
+Scouts of America one column of smoke means:</p>
+<p>&#8220;The camp is here.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Two mean:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Help! I am lost.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Three mean:</p>
+<p>&#8220;We have good news.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Four mean:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Come to council.&#8221;</p>
+<p>When the dry wood burned away the boys
+piled on more, keeping green leaves on top all the
+time, to make the smudge. After the fires had
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_178' name='page_178'></a>178</span>
+burned for half an hour a signal came from the
+thicket&mdash;a long, shrill whistle to attract attention,
+and then a few bars of &#8220;The Star Spangled
+Banner.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a Boy Scout, all right,&#8221; Jimmie exclaimed,
+&#8220;but it ain&#8217;t none of our bunch. They
+wouldn&#8217;t wait to whistle. They&#8217;d jump right
+in an&#8217; tell us where to head in at. You bet they
+would.&#8221;</p>
+<p>In a moment a human hand, a slender, boyish
+hand, appeared above a great squatty plant
+at the foot of the knoll. The thumb and first
+finger were extended opened out, the three
+remaining fingers closed over the palm of the
+hand.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Whoop!&#8221; yelled Jimmie. &#8220;The sign of the
+Silver Wolf.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Come on up,&#8221; cried Peter. &#8220;The appetite
+is fine.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Then a boyish figure arose from the shelter
+of the plant and moved up the hill to where the
+boys stood. He was apparently about fifteen
+years of age, was dressed as a lad of his age might
+appear on Broadway, and presented a fresh,
+cheerful face, now wrinkled into smiles, to the
+boys waiting with extended hands.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I saw you signal,&#8221; he said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_179' name='page_179'></a>179</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Where are you from?&#8221; asked Jimmie, shaking
+the extended hand warmly. &#8220;We&#8217;re from
+the Black Bear and Wolf Patrols, New York,
+and we don&#8217;t know any more about getting along
+in the woods than a Houston street mucker.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m from the Black Bear Patrol of Chicago,&#8221;
+the other replied, &#8220;and my name is Anthony
+Chester, Tony for short. What you doing in
+the Devil&#8217;s Hole?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is this the Devil&#8217;s Hole?&#8221; asked Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is what they call it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The Devil seems to be having a good time
+of it,&#8221; Peter said. &#8220;He&#8217;s had us on the hip all
+night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We were in camp, father and I, about half
+way to the cut,&#8221; Tony said, &#8220;and heard your
+shots a spell ago. What did you kill?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Briefly the boys told the story of the night,
+and then Peter asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you answer the shots?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;We were stalking jaguars,&#8221; was the reply,
+&#8220;and did not want to lose our game. The woods
+are full of them, for some reason, this spring.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Did you get them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No; I guess the ones you got were the ones
+we were after.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_180' name='page_180'></a>180</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Then I&#8217;m glad we got them, for we&#8217;ll divide
+the skins with you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then, a little while ago, I saw your smoke
+signal and read it to Dad, and he told me to come
+out and bring you to camp for breakfast.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Breakfast?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is it far?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is it cooked?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boys fairly danced about their new acquaintance
+as they asked questions and rubbed
+their stomachs significantly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;All cooked and all ready, plenty of it,&#8221;
+was the reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where is the camp?&#8221; asked Peter, then.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, just a short distance from the Culebra
+cut,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;Dad came out here some
+weeks ago with me and one servant, and we&#8217;re
+living in a tent all fixed up with screens and
+things. The jaguars aroused us early this morning,
+so we got up to shoot them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is your father workin&#8217; for the Canal people?&#8221;
+asked Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;He takes a great
+interest in the Culebra cut, and spends a good
+deal of time out there, but he is not working for
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_181' name='page_181'></a>181</span>
+the government. He&#8217;s just loafing, and I&#8217;m
+having the time of my life.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Does he go out there nights?&#8221; asked Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No; Sanee, the servant, is away nights, and
+Dad stays with me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Never mind all that now,&#8221; Peter put in.
+&#8220;Let us go and see what they&#8217;ve got to eat. I
+could devour one of the cats we killed.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Young Chester led the way toward the camp
+he had spoken of, the boys following, nearly
+exhausted from the exertions of the night. It
+had been arranged that they should return for
+the skins of the two jaguars they had slain.</p>
+<p>As they straggled along through the jungle,
+Jimmie&#8217;s thoughts were busy over a problem
+which had come to his mind during the talk
+with the lad who had rescued them. Why was
+Mr. Chester, of Chicago, encamped in the jungle,
+at the edge, almost, of the Culebra cut, apparently
+without other motive than curiosity?</p>
+<p>Why did he spend most of his time during
+daylight watching the work on the cut, and why
+was his servant invariably away from the camp
+at night? Were the men watching the work
+there for some sinister purpose of their own?
+Or was it merely a general interest in the big job
+that brought them there?
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_182' name='page_182'></a>182</span></p>
+<p>The man who had accosted them the previous
+evening had been watching the job, too.
+Were these men spies, or were they in the service
+of the government and watching for spies? It
+seemed odd to the boy that every adventure into
+which he stumbled had to do with the main
+object of the trip to the Canal Zone. Or, at least
+all the others had, and this meeting in the
+jungle might follow in the train of the others.</p>
+<p>He was wondering, too, about the explosion
+they had heard early in the morning. At the
+time of his leaving the cottage with Lieutenant
+Gordon nothing had been decided on concerning
+the store of explosives which had been discovered
+in the underground chamber at the
+ruined temple. He did not believe that Ned
+would leave the deadly material there, to be used
+at will by the conspirators, so he was wondering
+now if the stuff had not been set off by his
+friends.</p>
+<p>After a hard walk of a mile or more the three
+came out to a little clearing in the jungle and
+saw a tent with screened openings. Standing in
+front of the tent, his face turned toward the
+approaching boys, was a man Jimmie had last
+seen in the Shaw residence in New York City.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XVI_A_MIGHTY_JAR_IN_THE_JUNGLE' id='XVI_A_MIGHTY_JAR_IN_THE_JUNGLE'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_183' name='page_183'></a>183</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+<h3>A MIGHTY JAR IN THE JUNGLE.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was half-past two in the morning when Ned
+Nestor and his companions left the cottage in the
+jungle. A few fleecy clouds were now drifting
+over the sky, but, on the whole, the night was
+fairly clear. It was some distance to Gatun,
+where Ned hoped to secure a railroad motor for
+the Culebra trip, so the boys moved along at a
+swift pace.</p>
+<p>However, the party was not destined to reach
+Gatun as speedily as was anticipated. When
+the boys came to the spot from which Ned and
+Jimmie had struck off into the jungle, or into the
+edge of it, rather, in pursuit of the man who had
+placed the bomb, Jack called Ned&#8217;s attention to
+two skulking figures moving up the swell of the
+hill which the two boys had climbed the night
+before.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are some of your friends&mdash;the bomb-makers,&#8221;
+Jack said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; Ned replied, &#8220;they have been in advance
+of us for some distance.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Watching the cottage, I presume,&#8221; Jack
+suggested.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_184' name='page_184'></a>184</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;More likely watching to see if we remained
+at home or went abroad planning mischief for
+them,&#8221; Ned replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then they&#8217;re next to us,&#8221; Jimmie broke in.
+&#8220;I&#8217;d like to follow &#8217;em up to the old temple an&#8217;
+blow &#8217;em up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have an idea that something of the sort
+may happen before morning,&#8221; Ned said. &#8220;I
+had the idea that the fellows would remain away
+from the bomb-room for a few days, believing
+that we were watching it, but it seems that they
+are back again. We mustn&#8217;t permit them to take
+the stuff away.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Goin&#8217; to blow it up to-night?&#8221; demanded
+Jimmie, eagerly. &#8220;Gee, but that will make a
+blow-up for your whiskers. Say! I&#8217;d like to
+sell tickets of admission for this performance.
+That would be poor, wouldn&#8217;t it?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It may not be necessary to blow it up,&#8221; Ned
+observed. &#8220;If Lieutenant Gordon sent a couple
+of secret service men back there, as arranged, the
+fellows have not got into their bomb-chamber.
+If the secret service men did not arrive, it is likely
+that the plotters are moving the explosives away.
+We&#8217;ll go and see, anyway.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll run on ahead and see what&#8217;s doin&#8217;,&#8221;
+Jimmie exclaimed, darting away.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_185' name='page_185'></a>185</span></p>
+<p>Ned caught him by the collar and drew him
+back, whereat the boy appeared to be very angry.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You little dunce,&#8221; Ned said, &#8220;you&#8217;ll get a
+bullet into your anatomy if you don&#8217;t be more
+careful. Now, you boys go on down the road
+toward Gatun,&#8221; he added, turning to the others,
+&#8220;and make all the noise you want to. I&#8217;ll go up
+to the old temple and see what is going on there.
+One of you would better go with me&mdash;not close
+up with me, but within seeing distance.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s me,&#8221; cried Jimmie. &#8220;I&#8217;ll stay near
+enough to see what becomes of you, and go back
+and tell the boys if they&#8217;re needed.&#8221;</p>
+<p>This arrangement was finally decided on, and
+Ned and Jimmie dropped into the jungle while
+the others proceeded on the way to Gatun, making
+plenty of noise as they walked. As they disappeared
+the two men who had been seen just
+before made their appearance at a point half way
+up the hill.</p>
+<p>They stood crouching in the moonlight for a
+moment, pointing and chattering words which
+reached the ears of the watchers only faintly,
+and then turned toward the old temple. They
+walked with less caution now, and it was plain
+to the watchers that they believed that all the
+boys had gone on to Gatun.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_186' name='page_186'></a>186</span></p>
+<p>When Ned and Jimmie came within sight of
+the old temple half a dozen shadowy forms were
+seen moving about on the uneven pavements
+which had at one time formed the floor of a
+court. When the two Ned was following approached
+they advanced to meet them.</p>
+<p>A conversation lasting perhaps five minutes
+followed the meeting, and then, leaving one man
+on guard, the others passed through the doorway
+under the vines and disappeared from view. The
+man who had remained outside was evidently
+the leader of the party, for the others had
+listened when he talked and had obeyed his
+orders, as indicated to Ned by gestures.</p>
+<p>This man stood at the doorway behind the
+vines for a moment after the others had gone
+below and then seated himself on a crumbling
+wall not far away.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you geezle him?&#8221; whispered
+Jimmie, who was not staying back very far, much
+to Ned&#8217;s amusement.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I was thinking of that,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;I
+shall have to circle around so as to get in on him
+from behind.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You wait a second,&#8221; whispered the boy,
+&#8220;and I&#8217;ll make him turn around so as to face the
+other way.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_187' name='page_187'></a>187</span></p>
+<p>Before Ned could offer any objections or
+restrain the boy&#8217;s hand, Jimmie launched a stone
+into the thicket on the other side. The watcher
+sprang to his feet instantly, moved away a few
+paces, and turned back.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s goin&#8217; to call the others,&#8221; Jimmie whispered.</p>
+<p>The fellow approached the doorway as
+Jimmie spoke, which was exactly what Ned did
+not want. If the man would remain outside,
+alone, it might be possible to capture him with
+little risk. If he called his companions, there
+would be no hope of taking him prisoner.</p>
+<p>Ned motioned to Jimmie and the lad threw
+another stone into the thicket, and again the
+watcher moved in that direction. This time he
+advanced to the edge of the thicket and bent
+over to peer under the overhanging branches of
+a tree.</p>
+<p>Before he could regain an upright position,
+or give a cry of warning because of the quick
+steps he heard behind him, Ned was grappling
+with him, his fingers closing about the muscular
+throat. It was a desperate, although a silent,
+struggle for a minute, and Ned might have been
+disappointed in the result if Jimmie had not
+bounced in on the two and terminated the battle
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_188' name='page_188'></a>188</span>
+by sitting down on the head of the man Ned
+had already thrown to the ground. As an additional
+precaution against any noise calculated
+to alarm the others, Jimmie held his gun close
+to the captive&#8217;s nose.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Nothin&#8217; stirrin&#8217; here,&#8221; he panted. &#8220;You
+lie still.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What does this mean?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The words were English and the voice was
+certainly that of a man from one of the Eastern
+states of the North American republic.</p>
+<p>Ned drew a noose around the prisoner&#8217;s
+wrists and tied his rather delicate hands together
+firmly behind his back. Then he searched him
+for weapons. A revolver was found in a hip
+pocket, also a package of papers in a breast
+pocket. The fellow cursed and swore like a
+pirate when the papers were taken.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is highway robbery,&#8221; he finally calmed
+down enough to say. &#8220;I am an official of the
+Zone, and you shall suffer for this.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee,&#8221; said Jimmie, with a chuckle, &#8220;you
+must have a contract to lift the canal an&#8217; the
+Gatun dam into the blue sky.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The prisoner snarled at the lad a moment
+and turned to Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why are you doing this?&#8221; he asked.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_189' name='page_189'></a>189</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;What are your men doing down there?&#8221;
+Ned asked, ignoring the question.</p>
+<p>&#8220;They are removing explosives, explosives
+to be used in the work at Gatun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why is it stored here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;For safety.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Were your men storing this bomb,&#8221; taking
+the clumsy exhibit from his pocket, &#8220;under my
+cottage for safety?&#8221; Ned demanded.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know anything about that,&#8221; was the
+reply. &#8220;Return my papers.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Instead of returning them, Ned took the
+packet from his pocket and made a quick examination
+so far as the light would permit, of the
+half dozen letters it held.</p>
+<p>The captive writhed about and cursed fluently
+until Jimmie touched his forehead with
+the muzzle of his gun and warned him against
+&#8220;starting anything he couldn&#8217;t finish,&#8221; as the
+boy expressed it.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now,&#8221; Ned said to Jimmie, restoring the
+letters to his pocket, &#8220;you march this pirate off
+toward the cottage while I scare the others out
+of the bomb-room and blow it up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Blow it up before they get out,&#8221; urged the
+boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am no executioner,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;They
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_190' name='page_190'></a>190</span>
+doubtless deserve to be put to death, but I&#8217;m
+not the one to do it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wait,&#8221; said the captive, as Jimmie motioned
+him away. &#8220;If you will give me a chance
+to tell my side of the story those letters reveal,
+I may be able to establish my innocence. I can
+make it worth your while to listen to me,&#8221; he
+added, significantly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Cripes, I smell money,&#8221; laughed Jimmie.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Go on with the boy,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;If
+you want to talk with me you may do so later.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What are you going to do with me?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Turn you over to the Zone government.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The captive would have argued until his
+friends came out and sized up the situation, and
+Ned knew it, so he motioned Jimmie to march
+the fellow away and set about the work he had
+in hand. He took out the bomb he had brought
+with him and estimated the length of time the
+fuse would burn. It was, as has been said, a
+very long fuse, and the boy was satisfied that he
+could escape from the danger zone after firing it.</p>
+<p>Then, seeing that Jimmie was out of view
+with his prisoner, he brought out his gun and fired
+two shots into the air. The result showed that
+he had planned with judgment, for the men
+working below came bounding out of the doorway
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_191' name='page_191'></a>191</span>
+behind the vines and vanished in the
+jungle, going in a direction opposite to that taken
+by Jimmie.</p>
+<p>The rapidity with which the workers in the
+bomb-room disappeared astonished Ned until
+he reflected that he might unconsciously have
+given a signal agreed upon between the men and
+the guard. At any rate, he finally concluded,
+the men were not there to fight in defense of the
+place if spied upon, but to seek cover at once, as
+is the habit of those caught in the commission of
+crime.</p>
+<p>He had expected to drive them away by firing
+from the jungle, but had not anticipated a victory
+as easily won as this. When the workers
+had disappeared Ned made his way to the underground
+room. There he found torches burning,
+and a fire in the forge. The place was littered
+with gas-pipe cut into small lengths, and the
+covers had been removed from the tins of explosives.</p>
+<p>It was clear that the bomb-makers had been
+at work there, and the boy wondered at their
+nerve. He could account for their returning
+to their employment there so soon after the
+place had been visited by hostile interests only
+on the ground that they believed the secret
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_192' name='page_192'></a>192</span>
+service men and the boys were being held at bay
+by others of the conspirators.</p>
+<p>Wondering whether the boys who had gone
+on toward Gatun were safe, he lighted the fuse
+of the bomb and hastened up the stairs and out
+into the jungle. A few yards from the broken
+wall of the temple he met Jimmie, red of face and
+laboring under great excitement. He turned
+the boy back with a significant gesture toward
+the temple, and the two worked their way
+through the thickets for some moments without
+finding time or breath for explanations.</p>
+<p>When at last they stopped for breath they
+found themselves about at the point where they
+had parted from their chums. As they came into
+the cleared space a flash lighted up the sky,
+flames went flickering, seemingly, from horizon
+to horizon, and lifted to the zenith. Then came
+the awful thunder of the explosion. The ground
+shook so that Jimmie went tumbling on his face.
+After the first mighty explosion others came in
+quick succession.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the little ones,&#8221; Jimmie cried,
+rolling over in the knee-deep grass to clutch at
+Ned&#8217;s knee. &#8220;Talk about your fourth of July.&#8221;</p>
+<p>As he spoke a slab of stone weighing at least
+twenty pounds came through the air with a
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_193' name='page_193'></a>193</span>
+vicious whizz and struck a tree close to where
+the boy lay.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If we don&#8217;t get out of here we&#8217;ll get our
+blocks knocked off,&#8221; Jimmie said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The shower is over,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;What
+were you running back for? If you had not met
+me, if I had gone out another way, you might
+have been right there when the explosion took
+place.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then I&#8217;d &#8217;a&#8217; been sailin&#8217; around the moon
+by now,&#8221; the boy grinned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where is the captive?&#8221; demanded Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He went up in the air,&#8221; replied Jimmie. &#8220;I
+had me eagle eyes on him one second, and the
+next second he was gone. He didn&#8217;t shout, or
+shoot, or run, or do a consarned thing. He
+just leaked out. Where do you think he went?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think,&#8221; Ned replied, &#8220;that you were looking
+back to see the explosion and he dodged into
+a thicket.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; admitted Jimmie, &#8220;I did look back.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned, rather disgusted at the carelessness of
+the boy, walked on in silence until the two came
+to the smooth slopes which led up to Gatun.
+There they found the boys, waiting for them,
+eager for the story of the explosion, and wondering
+at their long delay.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XVII_THE_WATCHER_IN_THE_THICKET' id='XVII_THE_WATCHER_IN_THE_THICKET'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_194' name='page_194'></a>194</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+<h3>THE WATCHER IN THE THICKET.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Between Tabernilla and Gamboa, a distance
+of about fifteen miles, the restless Chagres river,
+in its old days of freedom, crossed the canal line
+no less than fifteen times. At Gamboa the river
+finds a break in the rough hills and winds off to
+the northeast, past Las Cruces and off into more
+hills and jungles.</p>
+<p>Where the river turns the canal enters the
+nine-mile cut through the Cordilleras, which form
+the backbone of the continent. Here at the
+Culebra cut, the greatest amount of excavation
+for the waterway is being done. This cut ends
+at Pedro Miguel locks, which will ease the ships
+down into the Pacific ocean.</p>
+<p>Where the river turns to the northeast, at
+Gamboa, a wild and hilly country forms both
+banks. The hillsides as well as the plateaux
+are overgrown with dense vegetation. As in all
+tropical lands, the fight for survival is fierce
+and merciless. Trees are destroyed by great
+creepers, great creepers are destroyed by smaller
+growths, and every form of life, vegetable as well
+as animal, has its enemy. Every living thing
+springs up from the dead body of another.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_195' name='page_195'></a>195</span></p>
+<p>Sheltered and half concealed from view in
+this wild country between Gamboa and Las
+Cruces, on the day the Boy Scouts set out in their
+search for Jimmie and Peter, there stood a house
+of stone which seemed as old as the volcanic formation
+upon which it stood. It was said that the
+structure had been there, even then looking old
+and dismantled, when the French began their
+operations on the Isthmus.</p>
+<p>This house faced the valley of the Chagres
+river, having its back against a hill, which was
+one of the steps leading up to the top of the
+Cordilleras. There was a great front entrance
+way, and many windows, but the latter seemed
+closed. Few signs of life were seen about the
+place at five o&#8217;clock that afternoon.</p>
+<p>From a front room in the second story the
+sounds of voices came, and now and then a door
+opened and closed and a footstep was heard
+on the stairway. However, those who walked
+about the place seemed either going or coming,
+for the house gained no added population because
+of the men who climbed the slope at the front
+and, ignoring the main entrance, passed on to the
+second floor by a secret staircase in the wall,
+entrance to which seemed easy for them to find.</p>
+<p>At the hour named three acquaintances of
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_196' name='page_196'></a>196</span>
+the reader occupied the front room on the second
+floor of the stone house. They were Col. Van
+Ellis, the military man Frank Shaw had talked
+with in the old house near the Culebra cut,
+Harvey Chester, the father of the boy Jimmie
+and Peter had encountered in the jungle, and
+Gostel, the man who had approached the two
+boys the night before on the lip of the great
+excavation.</p>
+<p>In a rear apartment, a sort of lumber-room,
+devoted now to wornout and broken furniture
+and odds and ends of house furnishing goods,
+was still another acquaintance&mdash;Ned Nestor.
+The patrol leader had met the two lost boys at
+Culebra, in the company of Harvey Chester and
+his son, Tony, and had spent enough time with
+the party to learn that Pedro, the ex-servant of
+the Shaw home, had been seen at the Chester
+camp, and that he had fled at the approach of
+Jimmie and his chum.</p>
+<p>The story of Gostel&#8217;s watching the cut at
+night, probably assisted by Pedro, and Harvey
+Chester standing guard, or seeming to do so, by
+day, had interested Ned greatly. The presence
+on the Isthmus of Pedro gave an extra kink to
+the problem. The attempt to capture the two
+boys, as previously told by Gastong, on the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_197' name='page_197'></a>197</span>
+previous night, and the unmistakable anxiety of
+Chester to remain in their company, had led Ned
+to believe that at last he was getting to some of
+the people &#8220;high up&#8221; in the conspiracy against
+the canal. Surely a man of the education and
+evident wealth of Harvey Chester was not loitering
+along the Culebra cut just for the excitement
+there was in it. It was plain that he was there
+for a purpose, and the arrival of a man Jimmie
+declared to be Gostel had convinced Ned that
+the heads of the plot were not far away.</p>
+<p>Gostel had greeted the boys heartily, expressing
+relief at the knowledge that they had
+escaped in safety from the jungle, and Chester
+had urged them all to accept of his continued
+hospitality. Nothing had been said of Gostel&#8217;s
+pursuit of the two boys, and Ned had reached
+the conclusion that Gostel did not know that
+his movements had been observed.</p>
+<p>Anxious to see what Gostel really was up to,
+Ned had instructed the boys to remain at a hotel
+at Culebra or visit the Chester camp, just as
+they saw fit, and had followed Gostel back to
+Gamboa and out to the stone house, where he
+had managed to hide himself in the room above
+described without his presence on the premises
+being suspected. One thing, however, Ned did
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_198' name='page_198'></a>198</span>
+not know, and that was that Jimmie McGraw,
+full of life and curious to know what was going
+on, had trained on after him and was now watching
+the house from a thicket on the hillside.</p>
+<p>Ned had heard a good deal of talk since hiding
+himself in the rear room, much of which was
+of no account. Men who had delivered notes
+and messages had come and gone. Col. Van
+Ellis seemed to be doing a general business there.
+Some of the men who came appeared to be canal
+workmen, and these left what seemed to be
+reports of some kind.</p>
+<p>From a break in the wall Ned could hear all
+that was said and see a great deal of what went
+on in the front room. At five o&#8217;clock a tall,
+dark, slender man whose black hair was turning
+gray in places entered the front room by way of
+the secret stairway in the side wall. He handed
+some papers to Col. Van Ellis and seated himself
+without being asked to do so.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What, as a whole, are the indications?&#8221;
+Van Ellis asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Excellent,&#8221; was the short reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And the latest prospect?&#8221; asked Chester.</p>
+<p>&#8220;In the valley, near Bohio.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What have you found there?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Clay-slate, hornblende, emeralds.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_199' name='page_199'></a>199</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;In large quantities?&#8221; asked Chester, anxiously.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There is a fortune underground there,&#8221;
+was the reply. &#8220;Green argillaceous rock means
+something.&#8221;</p>
+<p>There was silence for some moments, during
+which Van Ellis pored over some drawings on
+his desk, Chester walked the floor excitedly,
+Gostel regarded the others with a sinister smile
+on his face, and Itto, the recent arrival, sat
+watching all the others as a cat watches a mouse.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And this territory will be under the Lake
+of Gatun?&#8221; Chester asked, presently.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, very deep under the Lake of Gatun,&#8221;
+was Itto&#8217;s reply.</p>
+<p>Again Van Ellis bent over the drawings,
+tracing on one with the point of a pencil.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are millions here,&#8221; he said. &#8220;We
+have only to stretch forth our hands and take
+them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The wealth of a world,&#8221; Itto observed.</p>
+<p>The men talked together in Spanish for a
+long time, and Ned tried hard to make something
+of the discussion, but failed. He was convinced,
+however, that Chester was being urged
+and argued with by the others and was not
+consenting to what they were proposing to him.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_200' name='page_200'></a>200</span></p>
+<p>In half an hour a man who looked fully as
+Oriental in size, manner and dress as Itto stepped
+inside the door and beckoned to that gentleman.
+Asking permission to retire for a few moments,
+Itto passed out of the door with the newcomer.
+Instead of going on down the secret staircase,
+however, the two opened a door at the end of
+the little hall upon which the front room gave,
+and appeared in the apartment where Ned was
+hiding.</p>
+<p>The boy, however, was not in view from the
+place where they stood, and they had no reason
+to suspect his presence there, so he remained
+quiet and listened with all his ears to the low-voiced
+conversation carried on between the two.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And these are the latest?&#8221; Itto asked, referring
+to papers in his hand.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, they are the last.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And the showing&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>The newcomer shrugged his shoulders.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You see for yourself,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; Itto said, directly, &#8220;it does not
+matter, does it?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not in the least.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If the information does not leak out,&#8221; Itto
+went on, &#8220;there will be no change in our plans.
+We cannot afford to wait.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_201' name='page_201'></a>201</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;For our country&#8217;s sake there must be no
+delay.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned was slowly piecing this talk with the one
+which he had heard from the front room, and
+the significance of it all was sending little shivers
+down his back. He thought he understood at
+last.</p>
+<p>As the two men left the room Ned heard a
+paper rustle on the floor, and at once made
+search for it. It was a drawing, similar to the
+one discovered in the bomb-room at the old temple,
+and was a complete sketch of the Gatun
+dam, the spillway, the locks&mdash;everything was
+shown, with character of fills and suggestions
+regarding the foundations. Here and there on
+the drawing were little red spots.</p>
+<p>The significance of the red marks brought a
+date to Ned&#8217;s mind. The drawings found in the
+bomb-room had borne a date, Saturday, April
+15. If what he surmised was correct, he had
+only a little more than twenty-four hours in
+which to work. In the period of time thus given
+him he might, without doubt, succeed in averting
+the destruction of the big dam. But that
+was not the point.</p>
+<p>His business there was not only to protect the
+Gatun dam but also to get to the core of the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_202' name='page_202'></a>202</span>
+conspiracy and bring the plotters to punishment.
+The men who were plotting on the Isthmus were
+also plotting in New York. An inkling of the
+true state of affairs came to him, and he saw
+that in order to accomplish what he had set out
+to do his reach must be long enough to stretch
+across the Atlantic and there grapple with the
+subordinates in the treacherous plot.</p>
+<p>Itto returned to the front room when the
+newcomer left and again the talk and the arguments
+went on, sometimes in Spanish, sometimes
+in English. Mr. Chester seemed to be asking for
+more time. Presently the date Ned had found
+on the two drawings was mentioned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The time set was Saturday&mdash;to-morrow,&#8221;
+Itto said, grimly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;That was decided upon a long time ago,&#8221;
+Van Ellis said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Before the New York complications arose,&#8221;
+Chester argued. &#8220;We did not know at that
+time what complications might result from the
+defection of one of our number. It is injudicious
+to go on now.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;The date referred to was also set for action
+in New York,&#8221; Itto said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, but the thing is inadvisable now, for
+Shaw has been warned.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_203' name='page_203'></a>203</span></p>
+<p>It was plain to Ned that he would have to
+get away from the old stone house and decide
+upon some effective means of meeting this emergency.
+He had work to do in New York as well
+as in Gatun. The drawing found in the bomb-chamber
+had told him that. Now this new information
+emphasized the demand for instant
+action.</p>
+<p>There was no doubt in his mind that it was
+the purpose of the plotters to blow up the great
+dam on the next day, probably after nightfall.
+As has been said, he could thwart the plans of
+the traitors by communicating with the secret
+service men under Lieutenant Gordon, but that
+course would not be apt to bring about all the
+desired results. He wanted to arrest every man
+connected with the plot. Not only that; he
+wanted proof to convict every one of them.</p>
+<p>There seemed to the boy only one way in
+which he could attain the results sought for.
+He must catch the plotters &#8220;with the goods on,&#8221;
+as the police say. He must catch them with
+explosives in their hands under the shadow of
+the dam! Ned knew that Harvey, Van Ellis,
+Gostel, and Itto were deep in the treacherous
+game, but he did not know how many others
+were taking part in it. He suspected that men
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_204' name='page_204'></a>204</span>
+high up in finance were back of the plot, and
+wanted to get the whole group.</p>
+<p>He thought he knew why Harvey, Van Ellis
+and some of the others were in the plot. He was
+quite certain that he did. But he was not
+so certain of the motives of Itto, the Japanese.
+They might never be revealed unless the game
+was checked at the right moment.</p>
+<p>There was an air of insincerity about the
+Japanese which Ned did not like. It seemed to
+the boy that he was leading the others on&mdash;or
+trying to lead them on&mdash;in a sinister way. The
+impression was in the lad&#8217;s mind from the moment
+of his meeting Gostel that the two men,
+Itto and Gostel, were in the plot for some purpose
+of their own, a purpose which was not
+the accumulation of money, and which did not
+match the motives of the others.</p>
+<p>About six o&#8217;clock Chester arose to his feet.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I must go back to camp,&#8221; he said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But there is a meeting to-night,&#8221; Van Ellis
+urged.</p>
+<p>&#8220;An important one,&#8221; Gostel put in.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And a midnight visit to the dam,&#8221; Itto said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have a previous engagement at the camp,&#8221;
+Harvey insisted. &#8220;We have guests from New
+York, my son and myself.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_205' name='page_205'></a>205</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;The secret service lads,&#8221; exclaimed Gostel,
+scornfully. &#8220;Leave them to me to-night, and
+you can then keep your engagement with us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have my doubts about their being connected
+with the secret service,&#8221; Chester replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We are positive,&#8221; Gostel said. &#8220;They
+were followed from New York. We know the
+plotting that has been going on between Gordon
+and Nestor.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Much more concerning the boys was said,
+but Ned was too anxious to get away to pay full
+attention to it. Another burden was now on his
+mind. He must see that the boys were warned
+and came to no harm.</p>
+<p>He had left them with the understanding
+that they might remain at the Culebra hotel or
+return with Tony Chester to the cottage where
+they had been taken when brought out of the
+jungle. If they had returned to the camp, they
+might already be in great danger.</p>
+<p>Chester insisted on taking his departure,
+and the others accompanied him to the foot of
+the stairs in the wall, arguing with him every
+foot of the way. Ned stood at the door of the
+rear room when they returned, and while they
+were getting settled in the front apartment he
+slipped out and moved cautiously down the steps.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_206' name='page_206'></a>206</span></p>
+<p>When he gained the grounds outside he
+dodged into a thicket not ten feet away from the
+exit and waited to make sure that no one was
+moving about on the outside. He was anxious
+to get away from the place without his presence
+there being known. A struggle, even if he succeeded
+in getting away, would put the plotters
+on their guard.</p>
+<p>In a few moments he realized that the
+grounds were not so devoid of human life as he
+had believed. He heard voices on the side toward
+the hill, and a rustling in the thicket told
+him that some one was stealthily moving there.</p>
+<p>Knowing that it would be dark in a short
+tune, Ned remained crouched low in the bushes,
+hoping to escape detection in that way, but footsteps
+came closer and closer to his hiding place,
+and he sprang up just in time to see a lithe figure
+hurtling toward him, the figure of a tall, slender
+man with an Oriental cast of countenance.</p>
+<p>Glad that there was only one, Ned braced
+himself for the attack, which, however, did not
+come. When within a yard of its object, the
+lithe figure turned, staggered forward, uttered
+a low cry of anger and surprise, and lay swathed
+in a cluster of vines which had tripped and now
+held him to the ground.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XVIII_JIMMIE_RELEASES_A_PRISONER' id='XVIII_JIMMIE_RELEASES_A_PRISONER'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_207' name='page_207'></a>207</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+<h3>JIMMIE RELEASES A PRISONER.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Realizing that the man who had attacked
+him, or attempted to, must not escape or be permitted
+to utter a cry of warning, Ned sprang
+forward and caught him by the throat. The
+fallen man squirmed about in the thicket for a
+moment and then feebly motioned for Ned to
+remove the pressure from his neck.</p>
+<p>Then the patrol leader saw that the fellow
+had been lassoed, caught about the neck by a
+running noose in a slender rope. This accounted
+for his antics when first observed by the boy.
+Puzzled beyond measure, Ned loosened the noose
+so the captive would not die from lack of air.</p>
+<p>The man sat up in the tangle of bushes,
+pressing his hands to his neck and rocking to and
+fro with pain. It was plain that the rope which
+had caught him had been drawn by a merciless
+hand. But whose hand was it? Ned was
+greatly interested in that question.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have released the rope so as to give you
+a little longer lease of life,&#8221; Ned said to the
+prisoner, &#8220;but if you try to call out for help, or
+to escape, you&#8217;ll be killed. Do you understand?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_208' name='page_208'></a>208</span></p>
+<p>Ned shifted the noose to the man&#8217;s wrists,
+which were fastened behind his back, and relieved
+him of a revolver and a wicked-looking
+knife. Then he asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Were you watching me?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; was the short reply, in good English.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You knew that I was in the house?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes. I saw you go in.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do the others know that I was in there?&#8221;
+asked Ned, then, anxiously.</p>
+<p>If the others knew, then all his plans must be
+revised.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; came the reply. &#8220;I had had no
+opportunity of telling them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You were placed on guard here by the man
+called Gostel?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, who was it that pulled you down?
+There is something strange about that.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I saw no one,&#8221; replied the other, feeling of
+his throat again.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Were others watching here with you?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The prisoner shook his head.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then who did it?&#8221; demanded Ned. &#8220;That
+rope never dropped down from the clouds and
+brought you up so cleverly. Why, man, you
+would have had a knife into me in a second only
+for the rope.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_209' name='page_209'></a>209</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I hoped to,&#8221; was the calm reply.</p>
+<p>Then Ned heard a giggle in the thicket, and
+in a moment the vines parted and Jimmie looked
+out, a shrewd smile on his freckled face.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you follow the line to the end?&#8221;
+he asked, with a chuckle. &#8220;Then you would
+have come to the life saver.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I was so rattled for a moment that I did not
+think of that,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;How did you
+come to be here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I followed you,&#8221; replied the boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;And you have been lying out there in the
+thicket all the time I have been in the house?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, yes, of course.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, you did a good job,&#8221; Ned said, taking
+the boy by the hand. &#8220;The cowboy stunt you
+have been practicing so long came into good use
+at last.&#8221;</p>
+<p>It was now getting quite dark, and lights
+showed in the house. From where the boys
+stood they could not see the lighted front windows,
+but only the reflections on the slope in
+front of the structure.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I knew it would prove handy in time,&#8221;
+grinned Jimmie. &#8220;I caught this gazabo on the
+fly, eh?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t understand how you managed it,
+in this thicket,&#8221; Ned said.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_210' name='page_210'></a>210</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a clear space there where he leaped
+at you,&#8221; Jimmie said. &#8220;I saw him rising to
+spring and dropped it over his head, like a bag
+over a blind pig. What you goin&#8217; to do with
+him, now you&#8217;ve got him?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned turned to the prisoner with a smile on
+his face.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What would you suggest?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gee! You&#8217;ve got your nerve,&#8221; Jimmie
+exclaimed. &#8220;Leave it to him an&#8217; you&#8217;ll fill his
+pocket with yellow ones an&#8217; turn him loose to
+carve you up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you release me,&#8221; the captive replied,
+evidently taking the question in good faith, &#8220;I&#8217;ll
+leave the country.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is that on the square?&#8221; demanded Jimmie,
+with a grin at Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There is a condition, however,&#8221; the man
+added, &#8220;and that is that you make it appear that
+I was killed in defending the house.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the answer?&#8221; asked Jimmie, while
+Ned stood by wondering if he had not struck a
+lead of good luck at last.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m sick of the game,&#8221; the prisoner replied.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m not in it for money, anyway, and the other
+motive is no longer of avail to me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you&#8217;ll tell me everything you know concerning
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_211' name='page_211'></a>211</span>
+this plot against the Gatun dam,&#8221; Ned
+said, &#8220;I&#8217;ll release you after the case is ended.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not a word,&#8221; replied the other, closing his
+lips tightly, as if to shut back words seeking
+utterance.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then we&#8217;ll have to find a little coop to put
+you in,&#8221; Jimmie said. &#8220;I wish we had you back
+at Culebra.&#8221;</p>
+<p>While the temporary disposition of the prisoner
+was being discussed, and while Ned was
+questioning him as to the immediate movements
+of the plotters and receiving no satisfactory
+replies, the lights in the house were extinguished
+and the men who had occupied the front room
+were heard descending the stairs. In a moment
+some one called out:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gaga.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is that your name?&#8221; demanded Ned of the
+prisoner.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then answer him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Gaga did not respond at once, and the keen
+point of a knife came in contact with his throat.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Answer him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The call came again, farther away now.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What shall I say?&#8221; asked the captive.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Answer him as you would have answered if
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_212' name='page_212'></a>212</span>
+nothing had happened to you here,&#8221; was the
+reply.</p>
+<p>The prisoner uttered a long, low cry, and the
+boys waited with suspended breath. Even at
+the peril of his life the fellow might warn the
+others. Ned knew how loyal the people of his
+nation are.</p>
+<p>But the reply was not a warning, or a call for
+help. The man who had called out the prisoner&#8217;s
+name answered now with an &#8220;All right.
+Remain about here.&#8221; Then the men moved
+away in a body, taking the road to Gamboa.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Are they coming back to-night?&#8221; asked
+Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I can tell you nothing,&#8221; was the reply.</p>
+<p>When the men who had left the house had
+disappeared from sight Ned bade the captive rise
+that he might be searched closely for weapons.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; Jimmie cried. &#8220;There&#8217;s your tall,
+slender man with black hair turning gray in
+places. Ever in New York, Mister?&#8221; he added.</p>
+<p>The prisoner made no reply.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You are enough like Itto to be his brother,&#8221;
+Ned said. &#8220;Perhaps you won&#8217;t mind telling me
+which one of you stole Frank Shaw&#8217;s necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The prisoner turned his back indignantly.
+He was indeed a fair copy of the man called Itto,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_213' name='page_213'></a>213</span>
+and his shoulders, narrow and high, might have
+made the damp stains Ned had found on the
+wall of the closet in the Shaw house in New York.</p>
+<p>The stone house was now, seemingly, without
+an occupant and the thickets about were
+silent save for the noises of the night. A faint
+clamor came from the canal, where workmen
+were hewing away at the ribs of the Cordilleras,
+now the slight jar of an explosion, now the
+grinding of a steam shovel, now the nervous
+shrieking of the trains pushing back and forth.</p>
+<p>The electrics over the cut drew lines of silver
+light on the tall trees and the foliage of the hills
+farther away, but here there was only a faint
+suggestion of illumination.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now you&#8217;ve got him,&#8221; Jimmie said, presently,
+&#8220;what you goin&#8217; to do with him? We
+can&#8217;t get him to Culebra or Gatun without
+bumpin&#8217; into some fresh guy who would want
+to take him away from us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid you&#8217;re right about that,&#8221; Ned
+said. &#8220;We can&#8217;t afford to have him get away
+and inform his companions that something of
+their plot is known.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What would they do?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Make new plans, and we should have to
+begin all over again. As the case rests now we
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_214' name='page_214'></a>214</span>
+stand a good chance of catching every one of the
+conspirators.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And the chap that stole the emerald necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Even the necklace may drift to the surface
+in the eruption which is sure to take place in the
+near future,&#8221; smiled Ned. &#8220;Now about Gaga,&#8221;
+he continued. &#8220;Suppose you look around and
+see if you can&#8217;t find a room in the old house which
+would not be used to-night, even if the plotters
+should come.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie hustled away and soon returned with
+the information that there was a room in the
+rear of the house, on the first floor, which would
+answer for a prison very well.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But there ain&#8217;t no door to it,&#8221; he added,
+&#8220;an&#8217; the glass is all out of the window. Looks
+like it had been deserted for a hundred years.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we can rig up a door,&#8221; suggested
+Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the use?&#8221; asked Jimmie. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+goin&#8217; to stay right here with the captive until
+the secret service men come an&#8217; take him away.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But they will not come until the case is
+ended,&#8221; urged Ned. &#8220;The knowledge that
+Gaga is a prisoner&mdash;arrested by a spy who overheard
+what was said in the house&mdash;&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_215' name='page_215'></a>215</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I wouldn&#8217;t call myself a spy,&#8221; Jimmie said,
+indignantly.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There is no dishonor in serving as a spy in
+a good cause,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;As I was saying,
+the mere knowledge of his arrest would disarrange
+our plans as much as his escape would.
+We would better make him secure here and leave
+him to his own thoughts, it seems to me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would like to have him remain,&#8221; said
+Gaga, much to the amazement of the boys.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He can&#8217;t resist my winnin&#8217; ways,&#8221; cried
+Jimmie. &#8220;All right. I&#8217;ll stay if you will send
+out about a ton of grub.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps the boys will object to bringing it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Jack, or Frank, or any one of them,&#8221; Jimmie
+exclaimed. &#8220;No trouble about that. Perhaps
+it will take two to bring enough.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The prisoner&#8217;s bonds were loosened so that
+he would not feel them drawing into the flesh,
+but still he was left securely tied up. The room
+was not unpleasant, with the starlight shining in
+through the dismantled doorway and the broken
+window, and Jimmie planned to have a good rest
+there during his watch.</p>
+<p>The boy had been on his feet all the previous
+night, wandering about the jungle, and had taken
+only a short rest at the Chester camp. The
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_216' name='page_216'></a>216</span>
+prisoner was so secured that it did not seem
+possible for him to get away, even if left there
+alone, so the lad rolled a dilapidated old easy
+chair up to the window and lay back at his ease.</p>
+<p>For a long time neither spoke, and then the
+prisoner asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;When will I be taken to prison?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Search me!&#8221; Jimmie replied.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I take it,&#8221; the captive continued, &#8220;that the
+whole plot is discovered?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Bet your life!&#8221; Jimmie answered, drowsily.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then the United States government will
+have to put up a couple of extra prisons,&#8221; was
+the comment of the prisoner.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What you doin&#8217; it for?&#8221; demanded the boy.</p>
+<p>The prisoner did not see fit to reply to this
+leading question, and Jimmie put another,
+equally pertinent:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Who let you into the Shaw house that
+night?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why do you think I was in the Shaw
+house?&#8221; asked the other. &#8220;Where is the Shaw
+house?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You know where it is, all right,&#8221; Jimmie
+said. &#8220;Who was it that let you in? That is
+what I want to know. An&#8217; who opened the door
+for you to go out?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_217' name='page_217'></a>217</span></p>
+<p>There was no reply, and Jimmie piled on
+another question:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why did Pedro run away from Shaw&#8217;s and
+why did he run away from Chester&#8217;s camp when
+he saw me coming from the jungle?&#8221;</p>
+<p>The prisoner gave a quick start, and something
+like a groan came from his lips.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is Pedrarias, the man you call Pedro, here
+on the Isthmus?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Sure he is. Didn&#8217;t he report to you after
+he got here?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Living at the Chester camp, you say?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He was there this morning, but ran away
+when he recognized me. I was at the Shaw
+house in New York on the night of the robbery.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The prisoner checked a Spanish oath and
+struggled to rise to his feet, but fell back into his
+chair because of his bonds.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There is bad blood between this man and
+myself,&#8221; he said, then. &#8220;If he saw me with
+Chester to-day he will present himself here to-night.
+If he comes and finds me a prisoner,
+bound and at his mercy&mdash;if he comes here to-night,
+and finds us in this room, and you are
+unable to deal with him, will you cut my bonds?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And permit you to run away together and
+give me the laugh?&#8221; said Jimmie. &#8220;You&#8217;re a
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_218' name='page_218'></a>218</span>
+modest kind of a fellow after all, and with nerve
+to spare.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;If you do this,&#8221; Gaga replied, &#8220;I promise
+to return to you and submit to be bound again,
+if I come out of the conflict alive.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Do you think Pedro would murder an unarmed
+man, and a bound one, at that?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, the hatred he has for me is so great
+that he would take any advantage of me.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Jimmie was getting the notion that there
+was something tragic in the air, and was even
+considering the proposition seriously when there
+was a movement at the open doorway.</p>
+<p>&#8220;If he comes here,&#8221; Gaga went on, &#8220;you
+must either kill him yourself or let me. He
+will spare neither of us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The boy was listening for a repetition of the
+sound at the doorway, when a form lifted from
+the crumbling threshold and stood peering in.
+Gaga gave a cry of terror and the intruder drew
+back for an instant.</p>
+<p>The boy knew that the man whose figure he
+had seen outlined against the star-sprinkled sky
+was the man he had seen standing by the couch
+of the owner of the <i>Daily Planet</i> on the night
+of the robbery, the man he had seen later in the
+Chester camp in the jungle.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_219' name='page_219'></a>219</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;For the love of Heaven!&#8221; the prisoner
+whispered.</p>
+<p>The entreaty struck home to the heart of the
+boy. He had always prided himself on his love
+of fair play. He knew that he could not successfully
+defend the doorless, windowless room
+until the arrival of his friends, or the return of
+the plotters. Pedro could hide in the thicket
+and rain bullets upon himself and the prisoner
+until both were killed.</p>
+<p>He could not make his own escape and leave
+the prisoner bound and at the mercy of his
+enemy, nor could he shoot the intruder in cold
+blood when he appeared in the doorway again.
+He was only a boy, and his inherent love of a
+square deal conquered.</p>
+<p>While the movements at the door continued,
+he slipped over to Gaga, ran his knife through
+the cords which bound him, pointed to the
+weapons which had been taken from him, and
+crouched down in a corner of the room, his heart
+beating like a trip-hammer.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XIX_A_GUARDIAN_NEEDING_GUARDING' id='XIX_A_GUARDIAN_NEEDING_GUARDING'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_220' name='page_220'></a>220</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+<h3>A GUARDIAN NEEDING GUARDING.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>Little realizing the danger in which Jimmie
+had been left, Ned made what speed he could to
+Gamboa and there looked about for some means
+of reaching Culebra without delay. It seemed
+important that he should reach the other members
+of his party as soon as possible and send
+one of the boys back to keep watch with Jimmie.</p>
+<p>Besides, it was his intention to communicate
+with Lieutenant Gordon immediately. He did
+not expect the lieutenant to call out a squad of
+secret service men and place the big dam under
+guard. That, he reasoned, would defeat his
+plans for rounding up the plotters. However, it
+was his duty to report progress to the officer and
+consult with him concerning future movements.</p>
+<p>At Gamboa he found a telephone and called
+the Tivoli at Ancon, but, to his disgust, Lieutenant
+Gordon could not be found. He tried
+the offices of several engineers and canal officials
+with no better result. At last, exhibiting a
+secret service badge which had been given him by
+the lieutenant, he mounted an engine about to
+leave for Culebra and was soon in that beautiful
+city.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_221' name='page_221'></a>221</span></p>
+<p>The boys were at the hotel where he had left
+them, having declined the repeated offers of
+hospitality by Mr. Chester, and Tony was with
+them. A session was at once held in a private
+room, and Jack Bosworth and Harry Stevens
+jumped at the chance to load themselves with
+provisions and travel back to the stone house
+east of Gamboa. They were given the needed
+directions and sent away with a note to an officer
+of the railroad, who, it may be as well to state
+here, landed them at Gamboa in quick time and
+without asking any questions.</p>
+<p>After the boys had taken their departure
+Frank Shaw called Ned aside.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s something doing here to-night,&#8221; he
+said. &#8220;Mr. Chester came out of the parlor as
+red as a lobster, about six o&#8217;clock, and I guess
+he had a fight with a couple of Japs, Gostel
+and another chap I&#8217;ve never seen before. They
+parted courteously, but I could see that Tony&#8217;s
+father was angry clear through. After he had
+gone back to his camp, or started for it, the Japs
+got a little crowd of gabbers about them and set
+off down the road toward Colon. They seemed
+mighty pleased over something, and I guess
+they&#8217;re going to start something to-night.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_222' name='page_222'></a>222</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;And the other man, this Col. Van Ellis.
+Did he come here with Chester?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes; he was here, but I took good care
+that he did not see me. I think he went away
+with Chester. They were both very angry.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Angry at the Japanese?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; anyway, they disagreed over something.
+But while the two white men were
+angry, the Japs seemed pleased. I&#8217;ll tell you
+what I think, Ned. The Japs are up to something
+the others do not like.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned was beginning to see a great light. Once
+before, since seeing Gostel, he had studied out
+the problem of the sincerity of the man, and had
+reached the conclusion that he was using Chester&mdash;perhaps
+others&mdash;for some sinister purpose
+of his own. Now he thought he saw the plot
+in its true light. However, he did not communicate
+his thoughts to the others. Had Gordon
+been at hand he would have confided the story
+to him. But Gordon was not at the Tivoli at
+Ancon and no one seemed to know where he was,
+so he was obliged to go ahead and exercise his
+own best judgment.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s doing to-night?&#8221; Glen Howard
+asked, when Ned and Frank returned to the
+room where the other boys were seated.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_223' name='page_223'></a>223</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re going to Gatun,&#8221; was the reply.
+&#8220;We&#8217;re going on a special engine, and we&#8217;re to
+leave the tracks in the outskirts and get down to
+the dam.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, this is not the night,&#8221; Frank said,
+surprised.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The date on the drawings was that of to-morrow,
+Saturday,&#8221; said Glen. &#8220;This is Friday.
+Of course you know what you are doing, but
+I wouldn&#8217;t take any chances on flushing the
+game.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is it all about?&#8221; demanded Tony
+Chester. &#8220;There seems to be something in the
+air to-night. Father went away in a grouch and
+told me to remain with you boys, and Gastong
+is wandering about the city in a half-distracted
+manner. If you go to Gatun may I go with
+you?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned pondered a moment before replying.
+There was in his mind the thought that this boy
+might work a miracle for his father. He saw
+one chance for saving Chester from the results
+of his connection with the plotters, and resolved
+to take it, risky to his plans though it was.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; he said, in a moment, &#8220;you are to go
+to your camp with a note for your father. After
+you deliver the note, you are to come back here
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_224' name='page_224'></a>224</span>
+and remain until you hear from me. If your
+father comes with you, so much the better.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Will he tell me what is in the note&mdash;why he
+comes back to the city?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t think so,&#8221; was the reply. &#8220;If he
+does come, tell him to remain close to a &#8217;phone,
+here, for I may want to talk with him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t understand what all this mystery is
+about,&#8221; Tony exclaimed.</p>
+<p>&#8220;When did you see Gastong last?&#8221; asked
+Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, about half an hour ago. He was in the
+hotel then, flying around like a hen minus her
+head. He asked for you, and said he&#8217;d be in
+the buffet when you came.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned lost no time in getting to the buffet,
+where he found Gastong, sitting in conversation
+with a trampish-looking fellow who seemed
+to be somewhat under the influence of liquor.
+He beckoned to Ned when he entered the room
+and made room for him on the leather rest at his
+side.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This is Tommy, the cook,&#8221; he said, when
+Ned was seated. &#8220;Your cook.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You ought to join the force,&#8221; laughed Ned.
+&#8220;I never would have known you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Lieutenant Gordon told me to keep watch
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_225' name='page_225'></a>225</span>
+of you boys,&#8221; laughed Tommy, &#8220;but I reckon
+you&#8217;re doing pretty well for yourselves.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You are a secret service man?&#8221; asked Ned,
+satisfied now that Gordon had indeed thought it
+necessary to keep them all under surveillance.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course,&#8221; replied Tommy. &#8220;I&#8217;m not
+much of a cook. I guess you found that out up
+at the camp.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was thoughtful of the lieutenant,&#8221; Ned
+said, &#8220;but, as you say, we seem to be getting
+on very well. Do you happen to know where
+Gordon is at the present moment?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He was to meet me here,&#8221; was the reply,
+&#8220;but has not shown up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is dollars to apples,&#8221; said Gastong, &#8220;that
+the Japs have cornered him. He told me, on the
+night you went after the bomb-man, that some
+one was sleuthing him.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I didn&#8217;t know that you knew him,&#8221; Ned
+said, wondering if every person he had come
+upon since arriving on the Isthmus was in the
+secret service.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said Gastong, &#8220;Lieutenant Gordon
+was on the squad here, you know, before he
+went to Mexico, and I used to meet him now and
+then.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And he told you, on the first night of our
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_226' name='page_226'></a>226</span>
+arrival at camp, that we might need looking
+after?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, he told me that it would do no harm
+to let him know if I saw a mob of New York boys
+wandering about the works,&#8221; laughed Gastong.</p>
+<p>&#8220;So that is how you happened to be patrolling
+the Culebra cut in a motor car on the day the
+boys ran into Col. Van Ellis at the old house?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said Gastong, &#8220;Tommy, here, kept
+me posted in a way, and I thought I might be
+useful out that direction.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was clever of the lieutenant,&#8221; laughed
+Ned. &#8220;Suppose you now turn your attention to
+him? He may need the help of the Boy Scouts
+to get out of a hole himself.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I reckon you could help him, all right,&#8221;
+Gastong replied, confidently, but still with a
+look of anxiety on his face. &#8220;He has a heap of
+confidence in you, Mr. Nestor, but he thought
+best to take every precaution for your welfare.
+That is the reason why he surrounded you, as far
+as possible, with secret service people.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned was more than amused at the statement,
+for all the discoveries that had been made
+had resulted from the activities of the boys and
+himself. In fact, the only help Gordon&#8217;s chain
+of secret service men had given his party was the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_227' name='page_227'></a>227</span>
+thwarting of the plans of Van Ellis at the old
+house.</p>
+<p>This had been important, in a sense, as the
+boys would otherwise have been held prisoners
+there and so would not have been able to come
+to the rescue of Ned and Jimmie at the old
+temple. Still, Jack Bosworth had been in that
+incident, and it was a question in the mind of
+the patrol leader if the result would have been
+the same without him. However, he gave the
+lieutenant full credit for his cautious way of
+going at the matter.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The Japs, as you call them,&#8221; he said to Gastong
+and Tommy, &#8220;have gone on toward Colon.
+I&#8217;m going on after them, but it may be well for
+you to remain here on the chance of meeting the
+lieutenant. He may have plans of his own for
+to-night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am sure he has,&#8221; said Tommy. &#8220;He has
+been active all day, with half a dozen men going
+and coming under his orders. He missed you
+this afternoon.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I had a date to view the scenery up the
+Chagres river,&#8221; laughed Ned.</p>
+<p>The patrol leader went back to the room
+where he had left Frank, George, Glen, and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_228' name='page_228'></a>228</span>
+Peter. Tony had left for his father&#8217;s camp and
+George Tolford had gone with him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I would give considerable to know what
+Chester and the Japs, as they are called, quarreled
+about to-night,&#8221; he said, but of course the boys
+could give him no information on the subject.</p>
+<p>As a matter of fact, Ned thought he knew,
+but the thing was so incomprehensible to him
+that he doubted, for a time, his own reasoning.
+It was now nine o&#8217;clock, and it seemed to him
+that the time for action had come. Whether
+he was right in his deductions or not, he could
+not afford to ignore the plans he had made for
+the night. He did not like the idea of accepting
+responsibility for the important move he was
+determined to make, but Lieutenant Gordon
+was not to be found, and there was nothing for
+him to do but to go ahead.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now, boys,&#8221; he said to his chums, &#8220;we are
+going into a game to-night that may lead to
+bloodshed. Again, it may prove a farce. I
+have only my own judgment to go on, but the
+matter is so serious that I&#8217;m going to take a
+risk. I should prefer to have Lieutenant Gordon
+with us, but that seems to be impossible. Get
+your guns ready, and I&#8217;ll arrange for a railroad
+motor car to take us to Gatun.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_229' name='page_229'></a>229</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I just believe Lieutenant Gordon is in
+trouble,&#8221; Peter said. &#8220;He was in the hotel
+this afternoon, just before they carried the sick
+man out, but has not been seen since.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned sprang to his feet, all excitement.</p>
+<p>&#8220;When did they carry a sick man out?&#8221; he
+asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Oh, it must have been about five o&#8217;clock,&#8221;
+was the reply. &#8220;He was plumb sick, too, for
+they carried him out in a wheel-chair, with a
+sheet over his face.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Who carried him out?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, the men from the hospital who were
+sent for.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What floor?&#8221; demanded Ned, a thought he
+did not care to put into words coming to his mind.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Third floor,&#8221; replied Peter. &#8220;I stood out
+there, looking around, when the chair was
+brought down on the freight elevator.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Greatly to the amazement of the boys Ned
+darted away. In a minute he stood before the
+clerk&#8217;s desk.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Will you have a boy show me to Lieutenant
+Gordon&#8217;s room?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Certainly,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;but you won&#8217;t
+find him in. There have been repeated inquiries,
+for him this afternoon.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_230' name='page_230'></a>230</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;Has any one been to his room?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, but it is locked and the key is not here.
+I was up on that floor about five o&#8217;clock, when
+the hospital people took a man out of the room
+next to his, and his door was locked then.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Ned stood for a moment in deep thought,
+hesitating, wondering if the clerk was a man to
+be trusted in a great emergency.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You look to me like a dependable man,&#8221; he
+finally said to the clerk, &#8220;anyway, I&#8217;ve got to
+take you into my confidence. Will you take
+duplicate keys to the lieutenant&#8217;s room and the
+room next to it and come with me?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Of course, if it is anything important,&#8221;
+replied the clerk, &#8220;but you&#8217;ll have to give some
+good reason before I can admit you to either
+room.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Step in here,&#8221; Ned said, motioning toward
+a little check room at the end of the counter.
+&#8220;You saw the sick man carried out?&#8221; he asked,
+as the clerk wonderingly stepped into the designated
+room.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I saw him taken out. He was a
+stranger&mdash;took the room about noon through a
+friend. I did not see him at all, that is, until
+he was carried out, and then I did not see his
+face.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_231' name='page_231'></a>231</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;You are sure it was not Lieutenant Gordon
+who was carried out?&#8221; asked Ned.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Why, why, he wasn&#8217;t sick. He said nothing
+to me of being ill.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But he has enemies on the Isthmus,&#8221; Ned
+went on, &#8220;and is now at work on a very delicate
+and dangerous job for the government. Suppose&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>The clerk waited to hear no more. He seized
+the keys asked for and bounded toward the elevator,
+taking Ned with him. When they entered
+the lieutenant&#8217;s room they found it in great
+disorder. There were many signs of a desperate
+struggle. On the floor was a three-cornered slip
+of paper which had evidently, judging from the
+quality and thickness, been torn from a drawing
+roll. The scrap showed only two irregular
+lines, but Ned recognized them.</p>
+<p>Lieutenant Gordon had taken into his possession
+the crude map of the Gatun dam which
+Ned had discovered in the old temple bomb-room.
+The next room, the one from which the
+alleged sick man had been taken, was also in
+disorder, and the door which connected the two
+apartments had been forced open. There was
+a strong odor of chloroform in both rooms.</p>
+<p>The clerk did not need to be told what had
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_232' name='page_232'></a>232</span>
+taken place. His face turned white as chalk
+and his voice trembled as he asked:</p>
+<p>&#8220;What is to be done? Think of the lieutenant
+being carried off from this hotel in the daytime.
+It will ruin us.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;First,&#8221; Ned replied, &#8220;you must make up
+your mind to keep what has been done a profound
+secret. You may tell the proprietor if
+you see fit to do so, but no one else must know.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But the secret service men must be told.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not now,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;I have an idea
+that I can restore the lieutenant to his friends
+without any row being made over the matter.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But how? I don&#8217;t understand.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;At least,&#8221; Ned urged, &#8220;wait until two o&#8217;clock
+to-morrow morning. I am going out now on
+an expedition which may reveal many things,
+if I succeed. If I fail, why, then you must notify
+the secret service men and look for me in
+some of the pools about Gatun.&#8221;</p>
+<p>The clerk finally consented to this arrangement,
+and in ten minutes Ned and his chums
+were speeding toward Gatun on a railroad motor
+car.</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XX_THE_SPOIL_OF_THE_LOCKS' id='XX_THE_SPOIL_OF_THE_LOCKS'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_233' name='page_233'></a>233</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+<h3>THE SPOIL OF THE LOCKS.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>At eleven o&#8217;clock that night the workmen
+employed at the locks, the spillway, and the
+barrier of the Gatun dam found that their lights
+were not working satisfactorily and sent word
+back to the electric department that something
+was amiss.</p>
+<p>The electric department sent word back to
+the men in the excavations that the lights were
+all right so far as they were concerned, that they
+were doing their full duty efficiently, and that
+the men with the shovels, the dynamite and the
+dump cars might go chase themselves.</p>
+<p>This expression of fact and permission did
+not make it any lighter at the workings, but the
+men kept on, in the intermittent showers of
+illumination, and grumbled while they excavated
+and piled in the concrete. At last, just before
+midnight, the incandescence did not come back
+to the globes, and the men gathered in groups
+to discuss the matter and express heated opinions
+of the efficiency of the men in charge of the
+lighting plant.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_234' name='page_234'></a>234</span></p>
+<p>The workmen moved about here and there
+in the shadows and clambered like ants over the
+great bulk of the dam. No one looked to see
+that the men assembled in the workings all belonged
+there. At midnight four men who did
+not belong there entered the excavation which
+leads from the bottom of the lower lock to the
+sea-level channel into Limon Bay, which is a
+child of the Caribbean Sea.</p>
+<p>These four men moved about as if accustomed
+to the situation, only now and then they
+halted and whispered together. Other men,
+workmen, were doing that, however, and so
+these four passed on up to the foot of the spillway
+without attracting attention.</p>
+<p>Here they separated, one to the west, one to
+the east, where the locks are, and one to a position
+half way between the spillway and the west
+side of the locks. The fourth man remained
+near the foot of the spillway.</p>
+<p>Due primarily to its size, Gatun dam has
+received, perhaps, more attention in the United
+States than is its due. There is nothing especially
+difficult or complicated about this dam,
+and many dams have been successfully built
+in this country to withstand much larger pressures
+and greater heads of water than the Gatun
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_235' name='page_235'></a>235</span>
+dam without being given one-quarter of the
+attention.</p>
+<p>Gatun dam fills the opening between the
+hills at Gatun through which the Chagres river
+flows to the Caribbean Sea. It consists, if it
+may be regarded in the light of a finished production,
+of a water-tight center or core composed of
+sand and clay mixed in proper proportion and
+deposited hydraulically; that is by being pumped
+in.</p>
+<p>On each side a wall of rock confines this core.
+The bulk of the dam rests on impermeable material
+of sufficient supporting power. The locks
+and spillway are considered a part of the dam.</p>
+<p>The locks are built in an excavation at the
+east end of the dam, in rock, and will lift vessels
+from the Atlantic level to the level of the Lake
+of Gatun. The spillway is a concrete-lined
+opening cut through a hill of rock near the center
+of the dam. When supplied with suitable gates,
+it will regulate the level of the lake.</p>
+<p>The dam proper is about 9,000 feet long over
+all, measured on its crest, including locks and
+spill way, but for only five hundred feet of this
+great distance will it be subjected to great
+pressure. During this space there is, or will be,
+a weight of about eighty-five feet depth against
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_236' name='page_236'></a>236</span>
+the barrier. For only about half its length will
+the head of water on the dam be over fifty feet.</p>
+<p>It will be seen from the above description
+that the point of attack on the dam would naturally
+be where the pressure is greatest, also at
+the locks, which would make a mighty channel
+for the flood of water, and which would be difficult
+to repair. The spillway, too, if enlarged by
+explosives, would make a nasty hole to build up.</p>
+<p>Now another point which Ned had considered
+when he looked over the crude drawings he had
+discovered. Hard rock underlies the dam near
+the surface of the ground except for about one-fifth
+of its entire length. Here the rock dips
+down to a minimum depth below sea-level of
+from 195 feet in the depression east of the spillway
+to 255 feet in that west of the spillway.
+Here, of course, would be another point of
+attack by one designing permanent mischief.</p>
+<p>These depressions or valleys have been slowly
+filled during past ages. Measured from sea-level
+down, the first 80 feet consists of sand and
+clay; the next 100 feet or so is stiff blue clay,
+while the last 20 to 60 feet is a conglomerate,
+composed of sand, shells and stone. It will be
+readily seen that great damage might be done by
+a raging torrent boring into the sand and clay
+of the first strata.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_237' name='page_237'></a>237</span></p>
+<p>Now, the outer walls of rock are 1,200 feet
+apart, the interval being filled with spoil from the
+canal and lock excavations. The south &#8220;toe,&#8221;
+as it is called, has a height of 60 feet, while the
+north or down-stream &#8220;toe&#8221; is 30 feet high.
+Spoil from the excavations will be dumped outside
+the &#8220;toes&#8221; until the dam is 2,000 feet in
+width at the bottom. The top of the dam is, or
+will be, 30 feet above water level and have a
+width of 100 feet. The channel of the spillway is
+300 feet wide.</p>
+<p>Ned had figured it out that one attacking the
+dam would naturally seek to enlarge the locks
+and the spillway and also to burrow in under
+the bulk of the dam where the sand and clay had
+been washed in below sea-level by countless
+years of flood and storm. The locks and spillway,
+enlarged, would require years of active
+work for repair; the sand and clay, if subjected
+to high explosives, would cause the crest of the
+dam to drop in on the north side and so enfeeble
+the entire structure, requiring the gigantic
+work of constructing new foundations.</p>
+<p>Therefore, when Ned saw the four men moving
+toward the spillway, saw them part and seek
+the vulnerable points which have been described
+above, he knew that the time he had been
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_238' name='page_238'></a>238</span>
+waiting for had come. The treacherous rascals
+were there to do their wicked work that night&mdash;to
+carry out plans long formed and well considered&mdash;and
+they were opposed only by the
+inexperienced patrol leader from New York and
+his three chums, Frank Shaw, Glen Howard,
+and Peter Fenton. It will be remembered that
+Jimmie McGraw, Jack Bosworth, and Harry
+Stevens were at the old stone house on the road
+to Las Cruces from Gamboa, and that George
+Tolford had accompanied Tony to the Chester
+camp.</p>
+<p>On reaching Gatun the boys had slipped out
+of the lights of the station and descended immediately
+to the bottom of the cut. They were
+at once accosted by a foreman, but the explanation
+Ned gave seemed more than sufficient, for
+Dan Welch, the man in charge of a group of
+workers on the locks, at once summoned his
+assistant to the job and remained with the boys.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have heard about you, Ned Nestor,&#8221;
+Welch said; &#8220;in fact, about half the men in the
+workings at Gatun have heard of you.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t understand how,&#8221; replied the
+puzzled boy.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, through that bomb business at the
+cottage. You see, it leaked out. When the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_239' name='page_239'></a>239</span>
+attempt to blow up the place was reported,
+the men naturally asked what the dickens the
+scamps wanted to blow up a crowd of sightseers
+for, and then it came out that you came here
+with Lieutenant Gordon, and that&#8217;s about all.&#8221;</p>
+<p>It was at this time that the lights suspended
+operation. Welch glanced about the busy scene
+for an instant and sat down on a box which contained
+tools.</p>
+<p>&#8220;No use,&#8221; he said. &#8220;The electric men work
+as they please. We&#8217;ll wait here and lose our
+record. Did you say where Lieutenant Gordon
+is to-night?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I did not, because I wasn&#8217;t asked,&#8221; was
+the reply, &#8220;and because I don&#8217;t know where
+he is.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s a good fellow, Gordon,&#8221; Welch exclaimed.
+&#8220;I&#8217;d go far and fast to do him a favor.
+I hope he&#8217;s coming out of this game all right.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Then Ned sat down on the tool-box and told
+Welch the story of the abduction of the lieutenant,
+and also the story of what was going on
+there that night, as he understood it. To say
+that Welch was profoundly excited does not half
+express the foreman&#8217;s state of mind as he listened.</p>
+<p>&#8220;My God!&#8221; he cried, when Ned paused.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_240' name='page_240'></a>240</span>
+&#8220;To think of the wickedness of the thing. To destroy
+the work of years. To delay the completion
+of the canal for a decade. What can we do?
+In this darkness, the spoilers can work their will.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think I know who they are,&#8221; Ned said.
+&#8220;We must find them.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;It is too bad that the lights should fail us
+just at this time,&#8221; the foreman said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have an idea that the plotters arranged
+for that,&#8221; Ned said, then.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But how?&#8221; demanded Welch. &#8220;The plants
+are well guarded. You know, of course, that we
+are all on the lookout for something of the kind?
+We thought we had provided against any sudden
+surprise. Where are we to look for them?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Then Ned pointed out the probable points
+of attack, and Welch sprang to his feet in a
+fuming passion.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The spillway and the locks,&#8221; he cried.
+&#8220;And the point where the soft earth extends
+under the dam! Come!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Bring four of your men who can be trusted,&#8221;
+Ned advised, not leaving the box.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and what then?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Send a man to the light station and have
+tracers sent out, but instruct him not to have
+the lights turned on until you give the signal.&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_241' name='page_241'></a>241</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;I understand,&#8221; the foreman said. &#8220;We&#8217;ll
+catch them with the goods!&#8221;</p>
+<p>Four men, workmen, were strolling along the
+danger points within five minutes, and another
+moved toward the electric switches which governed
+that part of the illumination. Ned and
+Welch remained near the spillway. The three
+boys, after whispered instructions from Ned,
+moved along the line passing word from man
+to man.</p>
+<p>It was a long and heart-breaking half hour,
+seemingly double that time, that followed. The
+man from the switches came back and whispered
+to Welch, and at that moment a shrill bird-call
+sounded in the darkness. This, in turn, was
+followed by the report of a revolver, and then
+the light leaped into the globes, making the
+place, the entire length of the canal dam, the
+spillway and the locks, as bright as day.</p>
+<p>There came a half-hearted explosion from
+the direction of the locks, followed by more shots.
+Then everything was in confusion, and groups
+of men gathered in four spots along the line.
+There were more shots and then the three boys
+rushed, panting, to the position Ned and the
+foreman had taken.</p>
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;ve got them!&#8221; Frank cried. &#8220;They&#8217;ve
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_242' name='page_242'></a>242</span>
+got every man of them&mdash;four Japs with lighted
+fuses in their hands!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;There must be more than four!&#8221; Welch
+cried.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I think not,&#8221; Ned replied. &#8220;This is hardly
+a job for many men to work on! The four dare
+not take others into their confidence. Come!
+Suppose we gather them in?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;How do you boys know they&#8217;ve got them
+all?&#8221; demanded Welch. &#8220;The four men must
+be some distance apart.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Not too far for a revolver to carry a signal!&#8221;
+smiled Ned. &#8220;You probably noticed four groups
+of shots? Well, the boys who have been acting
+as messengers from man to man gave directions
+as to the number of shots for each group!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I see!&#8221; said Welch. &#8220;You don&#8217;t need any
+whiskers, boy, to do the brain work of a man.
+Here comes the first batch!&#8221;</p>
+<p>Itto and Gostel were the first ones brought
+in. Itto was wounded fatally and Gostel was
+bleeding from a wound in the side. The other
+men were not injured. They stood in a little
+group for a moment, and then Itto dropped to
+the ground.</p>
+<p>The reports of the men who had been sent
+out to the danger points showed that each one
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_243' name='page_243'></a>243</span>
+of the four had been caught lighting a fuse, the
+bombs having been set.</p>
+<p>&#8220;We were forced to work before we were
+ready,&#8221; Gostel said, defiantly. &#8220;Our government
+discovered what was going on, and we
+would have been arrested to-morrow. So we
+were obliged to take the risk to-night. We were
+working for the glory of the Emperor, but he
+forbade it!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I did not believe the government of Japan
+would descend to any such despicable work,&#8221;
+Ned said. &#8220;You fellows are cranks! You would
+have worked great harm to your Emperor if you
+had succeeded. By the way,&#8221; he added, &#8220;what
+did you do with Lieutenant Gordon?&#8221;</p>
+<p>Gostel glared at his questioner, but Itto beckoned
+Ned to his side.</p>
+<p>&#8220;The old stone house on the road to Las
+Cruces!&#8221; he whispered.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where is that?&#8221; asked Welch, who had
+bent over the wounded man and heard the words.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I know,&#8221; replied Ned. &#8220;One act of this
+tragedy has already been pulled off there. Have
+your men take these cranks to Gatun and get a
+railroad motor. We must get to Gamboa without
+loss of time. It is only a short distance from
+there to the place he speaks of. If they took
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_244' name='page_244'></a>244</span>
+Lieutenant Gordon there a prisoner, they are
+likely to have had a warm reception, for three
+of my chums are there!&#8221;</p>
+<p>But it was not necessary for them to go to
+the old stone house. At Gamboa they found
+Lieutenant Gordon and the three boys. Jimmie
+excitedly related the sensational occurrences at
+the house.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Jack and Harry came up,&#8221; he concluded,
+&#8220;just as the two men, Pedro and Gaga, were
+going together with knives. I was scared into
+a trance! The boys covered them with guns an&#8217;
+we trussed &#8217;em both. You never saw people more
+surprised in your life. Then two men brought
+in Lieutenant Gordon, all nicely tied up, and
+went away, or started to go away. Well, they
+wasn&#8217;t prepared for an attack from the bushes,
+and we have four prisoners in a cell of a jail at
+Gamboa, right over there!&#8221;</p>
+<p>In an hour the boys were all back at Culebra,
+with Lieutenant Gordon looking angry enough
+to eat sinkers, as Jimmie said. The officer
+though pleased at the general results, did not
+like to admit that he had been captured by the
+enemy and rescued by the Boy Scouts, the little
+fellows he was guarding!</p>
+<hr class='major' />
+<div style='margin: auto; text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='XXI_THE_TANGLE_STRAIGHTENED_OUT' id='XXI_THE_TANGLE_STRAIGHTENED_OUT'></a>
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_245' name='page_245'></a>245</span>
+<h2>CHAPTER XXI.</h2>
+<h3>THE TANGLE STRAIGHTENED OUT.</h3>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was nearly daylight when the tired party
+entered the lobby of the hotel at Culebra. The
+eight men who had been captured were all under
+strong guard, the bombs had been taken from
+the dam, and the danger was over.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Now,&#8221; Lieutenant Gordon said, &#8220;we&#8217;ll go
+after the men higher up.&#8221;</p>
+<p>He started back as he uttered the words, for
+Mr. Shaw, Harvey Chester, Col. Van Ellis, George
+Tolford, and Tony Chester came hastening
+toward him.</p>
+<p>&#8220;There are three of the men higher up!&#8221; the
+lieutenant shouted. &#8220;I arrest you, gentlemen,
+for treason!&#8221;</p>
+<p>The three men drew back in surprise and Mr.
+Shaw stepped forward.</p>
+<p>&#8220;What does it mean?&#8221; he asked. &#8220;I sailed
+from New York the day after the boys left, but
+reached Culebra only to-night. When I came
+here I found Mr. Chester and Mr. Van Ellis
+waiting for news from Ned Nestor. What does
+it mean?&#8221;
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_246' name='page_246'></a>246</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;It means!&#8221; shouted Gordon, &#8220;that your
+dupes are all under arrest, through the efforts of
+Nestor, and that the Gatun dam is no longer in
+danger. It also means that you three men are
+under arrest! I suspected, that night in your
+house in New York, Shaw, that you were trying
+to lead me to a false trail.&#8221;</p>
+<p>Mr. Shaw glanced indifferently at the officer
+and motioned to a distinguished looking gentleman
+who had been observing the scene from a
+distance.</p>
+<p>&#8220;This,&#8221; he said, &#8220;is Colonel Hill, your chief,
+Gordon. He came on from New York with me.
+Let him speak.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But the others are prisoners,&#8221; insisted
+Gordon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have an idea,&#8221; Mr. Shaw said, &#8220;that
+Nestor knows more about the complications of
+this case than any one else. Suppose we let him
+sum it up?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I am sure he can do it!&#8221; growled Gordon.</p>
+<p>Although it was now broad daylight, and all
+were tired and in need of sleep, the party went
+to a private parlor and Ned began the story of
+the case, first having a short talk with Jimmie,
+who had listened to a confession from Gaga.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_247' name='page_247'></a>247</span></p>
+<p>&#8220;The plot against the Gatun dam,&#8221; he said,
+&#8220;did not originate with the business men who
+were looking for emeralds along the line of the
+cut. When I first sized up the case it seemed to
+me that the men interested in emeralds, including
+Mr. Shaw, were willing to delay the completion
+of the canal in order that they might have time
+to develop mines believed to be fabulously rich
+in emeralds.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;That is the way it looked to me,&#8221; the lieutenant
+said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I began work along that line,&#8221; continued
+Ned, &#8220;for the news that Mr. Shaw was interested
+in emerald mines, and his refusal to reveal the
+contents of the papers he had secured, led me to
+the opinion that he had been approached by his
+partners with a proposition to destroy the Gatun
+dam, that he had their proposals in writing, and
+that he had refused to become a party to such
+an outrage.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then why didn&#8217;t he tell us who the men
+were?&#8221; demanded Gordon.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Because,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;he did not think
+his partners, Mr. Harvey Chester and Col. Van
+Ellis, would go to the extremity proposed. He
+thought they would change their minds when the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_248' name='page_248'></a>248</span>
+enormity of the crime was set before them. In
+fact, he suspected from the first that they were
+being urged on by others having private ends to
+gain by the destruction of the dam. Besides,
+he thought himself capable of handling the situation
+alone. Is that true, Mr. Shaw?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;All true,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;but I don&#8217;t see
+how you found out what was in my mind,&#8221; he
+added, with a laugh.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It was all very clear to me, in time,&#8221; was
+the reply. &#8220;Unless I am very much mistaken,
+you, Mr. Shaw, fearful that the enemies of the
+canal scheme might act too quickly, gave the
+information to the government which led to
+Lieutenant Gordon being put on the case. Is
+that right?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; was the reply, &#8220;that is right, but
+how&mdash;&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;All in good time,&#8221; Ned went on. &#8220;Now,
+the fact that you had warned the officers of the
+government became known to your associates in
+the emerald business. That is, it became known
+to the men who were drawing the associates
+into this crime. It was then necessary for them
+to get the papers they had given to you, the maps
+and plans of the best points of attack. The
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_249' name='page_249'></a>249</span>
+papers mentioned names, and would have convicted
+every one of them of treason.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Where did you get a glimpse of the papers?&#8221;
+asked Mr. Shaw.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I have never seen them,&#8221; was the reply,
+&#8220;but what took place shows what they contained.
+When you left the Isthmus, Pedro, real name
+Pedrarias, was induced by some of the conspirators
+to go with you as your servant. His real
+duty in your house was to steal the papers before
+you turned them over to the government.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I had no intention of doing that,&#8221; the editor
+said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;But the conspirators did not know that,&#8221;
+Ned went on. &#8220;Now, while Pedro went into your
+employ for the purpose of stealing the papers
+he also went for a purpose of his own. It was
+his longing to possess the emerald necklace&mdash;which
+had long been in his family&mdash;that induced
+him to become a servant, though the large sum
+of money the conspirators paid him was a consideration,
+he being very poor.</p>
+<p>&#8220;You all know what happened. Pedro did
+not succeed in getting either the papers or the
+necklace. He remained in the house until the
+others became anxious and sent three men on to
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_250' name='page_250'></a>250</span>
+New York to accomplish what Pedro did not seem
+capable of doing. One of these men was Gaga
+and one was Itto.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Working under instructions from his confederates,
+Pedro let Gaga into the house about
+six o&#8217;clock one rainy night. He remained inside
+so long without reporting to those outside
+that they demanded admittance, and Pedro was
+obliged to let them in. This must have been
+about nine o&#8217;clock. When Itto and the other
+man entered, they went at their work roughly.
+They assaulted Mr. Shaw and searched his rooms
+which had already been searched by Gaga.
+Then they went upstairs to search Frank&#8217;s room,
+and Pedro tried to turn them back.</p>
+<p>&#8220;He did not trust them, being afraid they
+would secure the necklace. By the way, the
+chances are that he did not know that Gaga was
+still in the house. Well, when Pedro opposed
+their passage and Frank ran out, the two fled,
+finding the night-bolt off at the street door.
+Then Gaga got the necklace and got out of the
+house during the excitement.</p>
+<p>&#8220;It may be well to say here that Pedro did
+not leave the house to further conspire with
+the canal plotters. When he found that Gaga
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_251' name='page_251'></a>251</span>
+had indeed stolen the necklace he went after
+him. He did not care where the others went,
+or whether they secured the papers or not. It
+was the second man, the one with Itto, who followed
+us on board the boat and was named His
+Nobbs by the boys.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Pedro went back to Mr. Chester, who had
+been prominent in locating him in the Shaw house,
+and waited for a chance at Gaga. By this time
+both Mr. Chester and Col. Van Ellis had decided
+to turn the plotters over to the government and
+take their chances on arrest, for of course the
+arrested men would accuse them of being at the
+head of the conspiracy.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Col. Van Ellis was going to lock us up and
+see how long we could go without food!&#8221; Frank
+exclaimed. &#8220;That doesn&#8217;t look much like the
+work of a contrite heart!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;You would not have been starved,&#8221; Van
+Ellis replied, with a smile. &#8220;At that time our
+friends, the Japs, were watching our every movement,
+and Mr. Chester and myself agreed to let
+them play their game a little longer in order that
+they might be caught and punished.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;What about the mysterious Jap men you
+are talking about?&#8221; demanded Jack Bosworth.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_252' name='page_252'></a>252</span>
+&#8220;I am anxious to know how they tangled these
+three business men up in the game.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Is it true,&#8221; Ned asked of Mr. Shaw, &#8220;that
+Gostel and Itto first proposed delaying the work
+on the canal?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes; they first suggested it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;They told you of emerald mines under
+there?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Certainly.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But they never took you to see the mines?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;No; we took their word for it.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, they lied to you. There are no emerald
+deposits under the line of the canal. Their
+purpose was to get you involved in a scheme to
+blow up the dam, believing that you, by your
+influence, would be able to ward off suspicion
+after the job had been accomplished.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;But why?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Because they are cranks. They believed
+they would be doing their Emperor a great favor
+by destroying the canal. They were insane on
+the subject. They believed that Japan could
+never become mistress of the Pacific with the
+canal in operation and the fleets of the world
+passing through it.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Well, they carried on the plotting, made
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_253' name='page_253'></a>253</span>
+their bombs, and fought us boys, as you all
+know. Their plans were progressing satisfactorily,
+for they did not know that Mr. Shaw,
+Mr. Chester, and Col. Van Ellis would have
+stopped them at the risk of their own lives, had
+they been able to do so, until the Japanese government
+got wind of what was on.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Then these cranks were warned by the
+Japanese officials to stop. Instead of doing so
+they abducted Lieutenant Gordon and advanced
+the date of the crime one night. The abduction
+was cleverly planned and executed, but Mr.
+Chester learned of it, and there was a row about
+it. But there was no suspicion on the part of
+Mr. Chester that the job was set for last night,
+I take it. Is that true?&#8221; he asked, turning to
+Mr. Chester.</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I was completely deceived, and only
+that you boys were on guard the dam would
+have been blown up!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I overheard their plans in the stone house,&#8221;
+Ned continued. &#8220;Mr. Chester and Col. Van
+Ellis went there to call the whole thing off, but
+Gostel and Itto lied to them. I heard Gaga
+admit to Itto that there were no emeralds under
+the canal line. I found there another map of
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_254' name='page_254'></a>254</span>
+the dam, with marks where the bombs were to
+be placed. Then, when I got back to Culebra
+and found that Lieutenant Gordon had been
+abducted, I knew that the job was set for that
+night.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;I was sorry you went without me,&#8221; Mr.
+Chester said.</p>
+<p>&#8220;I wanted you here when the end came,&#8221;
+Ned replied, &#8220;and so sent for you. I wanted
+you where you could not be accused of complicity
+in the crime, for I knew that you were innocent.
+Your only fault was in listening to the men at
+all.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Yes, we should have listened to Mr. Shaw
+instead of the Japs,&#8221; Mr. Chester admitted,
+&#8220;but it has come out all right. The peril is over.
+Now, what about the necklace?&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Gaga carried it with him, lugged it about
+on his person,&#8221; Ned said, &#8220;and Jimmie secured
+it after his arrest at the stone house. Pedro
+would not have been captured if he had not
+followed Gaga there with the intention of murdering
+him and securing the necklace. Yes, the
+bauble is in Frank&#8217;s possession again!&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;And that closes the case,&#8221; laughed Mr.
+Shaw, &#8220;and you boys may as well go back to
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_255' name='page_255'></a>255</span>
+New York with me. The reward for your work,
+Mr. Nestor, will be large, and you may as well
+take a rest. We will leave the prisoners in the
+hands of the law.&#8221;</p>
+<p>&#8220;Wait a moment!&#8221; said Col. Hill. &#8220;We are
+in need of a herd of Boy Scouts, just like this
+one, up in the Philippines. Will you go, boys?&#8221;</p>
+<div class='ce'>
+<p>THE END</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='minor' />
+
+<p>The lads were anxious to go, of course, and
+the story of their adventures there will be told
+in the next book of the series, entitled:</p>
+<p>&#8220;Boy Scouts in the Philippines; or, the Key
+to the Treaty Box.&#8221;</p>
+<hr class='full' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Motor Boat Boys Series</p>
+<p>By <span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Louis Arundel</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<ol>
+<li>The Motor Club&#8217;s Cruise Down the Mississippi; or The Dash for Dixie.</li>
+<li>The Motor Club on the St. Lawrence River; or Adventures Among the Thousand Islands.</li>
+<li>The Motor Club on the Great Lakes; or Exploring the Mystic Isle of Mackinac.</li>
+<li>Motor Boat Boys Among the Florida Keys; or The Struggle for the Leadership.</li>
+<li>Motor Boat Boys Down the Coast; or Through Storm and Stress.</li>
+<li>Motor Boat Boy&#8217;s River Chase; or Six Chums Afloat or Ashore.</li>
+<li>Motor Boat Boys Down the Danube; or Four Chums Abroad.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Motor Maid Series</p>
+<p>By <span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Katherine Stokes</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<ol>
+<li>Motor Maids&#8217; School Days</li>
+<li>Motor Maids by Palm and Pine</li>
+<li>Motor Maids Across the Continent</li>
+<li>Motor Maids by Rose, Shamrock and Thistle</li>
+<li>Motor Maids in Fair Japan</li>
+<li>Motor Maids at Sunrise Camp</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of 75c.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p>M. A. DONOHUE &amp; COMPANY</p>
+<p>701-733 S. DEARBORN STREET :: CHICAGO</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Radio Boys Series</p>
+</div>
+
+<ol>
+<li>Radio Boys in the Secret Service; or, Cast Away on an Iceberg<br />FRANK HONEYWELL</li>
+<li>Radio Boys on the Thousand Islands; or, The Yankee Canadian Wireless Trail<br />FRANK HONEYWELL</li>
+<li>Radio Boys in the Flying Service; or, Held for Ransom by Mexican Bandits<br />J. W. DUFFIELD</li>
+<li>Radio Boys Under the Sea; or, The Hunt for the Sunken Treasure<br />J. W. DUFFIELD</li>
+<li>Radio Boys Cronies; or, Bill Brown&#8217;s Radio<br />WAYNE WHIPPLE</li>
+<li>Radio Boys Loyalty; or, Bill Brown Listens In<br />WAYNE WHIPPLE</li>
+</ol>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>Peggy Parson&#8217;s Series</p>
+<p>By <span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Annabel Sharp</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>A popular and charming series of Girl&#8217;s books dealing in an interesting
+and fascinating manner with the life and adventures of Girlhood so
+dear to all Girls from eight to fourteen years of age. Printed from large
+clear type on superior quality paper, multicolor jacket. Bound in cloth.</p>
+<ol>
+<li>Peggy Parson Hampton Freshman</li>
+<li>Peggy Parson at Prep School</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of 75c.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p>M. A. DONOHUE &amp; COMPANY</p>
+<p>701-733 S. DEARBORN STREET :: CHICAGO</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>The Aeroplane Series</p>
+<p>By <span style='font-variant: small-caps'>John Luther Langworthy</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<ol>
+<li>The Aeroplane Boys; or, The Young Pilots First Air Voyage</li>
+<li>The Aeroplane Boys on the Wing; or, Aeroplane Chums in the Tropics</li>
+<li>The Aeroplane Boys Among the Clouds; or, Young Aviators in a Wreck</li>
+<li>The Aeroplane Boys&#8217; Flights; or, A Hydroplane Round-up</li>
+<li>The Aeroplane Boys on a Cattle Ranch</li>
+</ol>
+
+<hr class='silver' />
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p style=' font-size:1.2em; margin-top:; margin-bottom:;'>The Girl Aviator Series</p>
+<p>By <span style='font-variant: small-caps'>Margaret Burnham</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Just the type of books that delight and fascinate the wide awake Girls
+of the present day who are between the ages of eight and fourteen years.
+The great author of these books regards them as the best products of
+her pen. Printed from large clear type on a superior quality of paper;
+attractive multicolor jacket wrapper around each book. Bound in cloth.</p>
+<ol>
+<li>The Girl Aviators and the Phantom Airship</li>
+<li>The Girl Aviators on Golden Wings</li>
+<li>The Girl Aviators&#8217; Sky Cruise</li>
+<li>The Girl Aviators&#8217; Motor Butterfly</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p><i>For sale by all booksellers or sent postpaid on receipt of 75c.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class='ce'>
+<p>M. A. DONOHUE &amp; COMPANY</p>
+<p>701-733 S. DEARBORN STREET :: CHICAGO</p>
+</div>
+
+<!-- generated by ppgen.rb version: 2.25 -->
+<!-- timestamp: Fri Sep 05 03:50:22 -0400 2008 -->
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Boy Scouts in the Canal Zone, by G. Harvey Ralphson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BOY SCOUTS IN THE CANAL ZONE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 26540-h.htm or 26540-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/2/6/5/4/26540/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team
+at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/26540-h/images/illus-emb.jpg b/26540-h/images/illus-emb.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5b37d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26540-h/images/illus-emb.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/26540-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg b/26540-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d3b0de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/26540-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
Binary files differ